Tieng Anh 12 CB Tron Bo

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The first term of grade 12
The 1st period
Date: 20/8/ 2008
Grade 12
Theme: Guiding how to learn and to do English tests
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students know about English book in
grade 12
2. Knowledge:
Student know: - How to learn English in grade 12
- How to do English tests
- How to use student’s book and workbook
3. Skill : - Reading
- Speaking
- Listening
- Writing
- Doing English tests
II. Teaching aids: Student’s book, student’s workbook,

dictionary, some test papers, tape,
cassetteplayer, etc.
III. Procedure:
Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

Warm-up :(7 minutes)
- Introduce to students about - Listen to the
the teacher teacher
- Ask students about their - Answer the
names and English knowledge teacher’s questions
etc.
Guiding: (35 minutes) - put the student’s

1. Guiding student’s book and book and workbook
workbook: on the table
* Introduce to students how to
use their book and workbook - listen to the
Lesson plans of grade 12 1 Nguyen trai

upper secondary school
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
* Introduce to students how to teacher and look
learn reading, speaking, through the books
listening, writing, language
focus in their books and how to
do the exercises in their books
2. Guiding English tests in
grade 12:
* Introduce to students about
oral tests, 15 minute tests, 45
minute tests, etc. and how to
do them
* The tests in grade 12 include:
reading : 25% - Listen to the
listening: 25% teacher
writing: 25%
language focus: 25%
3. Guiding other books and tape,
- listen to the
disc, etc. teacher and write
down the things
Homework: 3 minutes which will be
- Ask students to prepare prepared at home
textbook, notebooks and the
things for learning andprepare
lesson reading - Unit 1

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Unit 1 : home life

nd
The 2 period
Date : 21/8
Grade 12
Theme: home life
Unit 1
Reading
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should know about International
Red Cross
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students read and guess the
meaning of new words from the con text.
+ Read the passage and complete the tasks of the lesson.
- Language: Students could understand and use new words
after reading
- New words: Words related to home life
3. Skills: Guessing meaning in context, scanning for specific
information and passage comprehension
II. Method: Integrated, mainly communicative
III. Teaching aids: Student’s book and pictures, Board, tape,
cassetteplayer, chalks, etc.

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
IV. Procedure:

Warm-up: (5 minutes)
- Ask students look at the - Open the book
picture and ask some - Listen to the teacher
questions - Look at the picture
- Let students understand and answer
more about , house hold - Listen to the teacher
chores and family life, today and open the book –
we learn Unit 1- part A: Unit 1, part A: reading
Reading
- Work in groups to
discuss about the
pictures
Before you read : (7 - Work in groups to
minutes) ask and answer the
Ask students to work groups to questions give by the
ask and answer about the teacher.
pictures - Stand up to answer
- Hang on the blackboard the in front of the class
table of questions. Ask P1: Thefamily is at
students to work in pairs home.
looking at the pictures to ask P2: The father is
and answer them. playing games with
1. Where is the family? his son and the
2. What is each member of the mother is helping her
family doing? daughter do
3Is the family happy?Why homework.
(not) ? P3: Yes, it is.because
- Introduce the situation of the they look warm and
context close –knit.
- Read the context once to the
class. - Look at the book
- Show students some new and listen to the
words: teacher
+ to be + to be close - Listen
caring -knit - Note down
+ to be + to
willing to do bemischievous
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
st
- Work in groups and
- Help students to summary try to repeat the main
the main ideas of the context . ideas in each
* The first paragraph: the paragraph.
writer says about the parents’
jobs and the people in her
family.
* The second paragraph :The
writer says about the activities -Practise speaking
of her parents every day. their ideas freely.
* The third paragraph: The
writer says about her younger
brothers and her herself.
* The writer says about the
happiness in her family. Listen to the teacher
- Ask students to think of their
thoughts about a happy
family.
- Introduce the situation of the
passage
While you read : (23
minutes) - Work in groups ,
- Ask students to look through read the sentences
the passage and read in carefully
silence - Listen to the teacher
- Help students read the and read up the
passage sentences aloud .
- Explain pronunciation and
meaning of new words which
- Note down the new
appear in the passage
words.
+ Task 1: (10’)
- Ask students to work in
groups to read the sentences
in the task and then choose - Read up.
the sentence A,B or C that is - Work in groups to do
nearest in meaning to the the task
sentence given.
- Read all the sentences which
they have chosen loudly to the
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
class
Teach some new words: close - Read the passage

–knit (a), mischievous (a), ..... - Work in groups to
find the sum up of the
passage
groups to do the task. - Present the answers
- Call on some students to in front of the class
read the sentences. - Commend
- Common in whole class
+ Task 2: (15’)
- Divide the whole answers - Note down the
class into 6 groups of 8 reason of the choice
students .
1,How busy are the parents - Work in groups to
in the passage? ask and answer the
2,How caring is the mother ? questions using the
3,How do the father and the information from the
daughter share the household passage
chore ?
4,What is the daughter
attempting to do after
secondary school?
5,Why do the children feel
they are safe and secure in
their family ? - Some students
- Ask students to read the answer the questions
questions carefully and discuss in front of the class
the answers
- Help students to find the
paragraph which contain the Listen and take notes
information for the answers - Do the home work
- Call the leader of each group and prepare for the
to answer the questions next lesson.
- Ask the whole class to
commend
- Feedback and give the
correct answers and give
point.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
After you read : (8
minutes)
discuss about a happy family.
- Call some students to say
about their thinking of a happy
family
Home work: (2 minutes)

- Write about their family or
others they know.
- Prepare Part B : Speaking at
home
The 3rd Period

Date 22/8
Grade 12
Theme: Home Life
Unit 1
Speaking
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students can talk about their family and
other families
+ Students can ask and answer about household chores
and family
+ Students discuss their ideas about the true of a happy
family
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: By the end of the lesson students can
practise a dialogue about a happy family
- Language: asking for and giving information from a passage
- New words: words related to the topic
3. Skills: talking about Home life and their activities in the
family
II. Method: integrated, mainly communicative
III. Teaching aids: pictures ,textbook,....
IV. Procedure:
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng

- Playing games. - Keep books close
- Divide the class into pairs - Listen to the
and ask students to work in teacher
pairs to talk about their family - Work in groups to
in 3 minutes - Call of the talk about family
leaders of each groups to talk
about her/his family in front of
the class
- Feedback and lead the class
to the topic of speaking -
activities
(we are going to discuss about
our family )
Pre-speaking : (12
minutes) -Work in groups and
Task 1 Let students read give their ideas
the following sentences why they choose
and choose which apply to
them or their family. -Each student
stands up and talks
- Ask students to work in about their family.
groups to speak the sentences A: In my family ,my
1, In my family ,only my parents both go to
father works. work,.....................
2,Member of my family share B: In my
the household chores . family, ..........
3,My responsibility in the
family is to wash the dishes.
4, In my family, the interest
we share closely is watching
football.
5,I often share my personal
secrets with my father.
6, I always talk to my parent
before making an important -Practice speaking
decision. out their ideas
- Go around and listen to the about their family.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
students –Give more A: Who works in
suggestions if they need your family ? B
: Both my father and
While-speaking : (15 mother.
minutes) A: Who often does
the household
Task 2 - Work in pairs . chores ?
-Let students ask and answer B : My mother
the questions about their mainly does it and
family. sometimes my
father help my
mother.
- Listen and give the ideas to A :How is your
each pair. responsibility to
your family ?
B :I often clean the
house and cook the
meals when I finish
my studying.
A : How do the
family members
share the interest ?

B :We often watch
television each
other in the
evening.
A : Who do you
often share your
secrets with ?
B : I often share
with my mother.
A: Who do you talk
to before making an
important decision?
B: I often talk to my
parents.
- All students write

some sentences
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
about their family
Task 3:Work with a different and then stand up
partner. to talk.
- Ask students to use the
questions they have form to -Work in groups and
ask about her/his family. each group has a
representative to
- Listen to the students and talk about her/his
give remarks. family.
P1 : I talked to
Tuan . Both his
parents go to work.
But only his mother
does the household
chores.....
P2 : In Loan’s
family ,only her
father goes to work
- Post-speaking : (10 and her mother is
minutes) at home ...........
Task 4 -Work in groups and
- Let the students practise then speak out their
speaking freely about their opinions.
family. PS : I think a happy
family should
-Go around to listen and give have............
remarks . P : Yes it is .
- Ask some students to stand Because every
up and tell loudly member in the
- Listen and correct mistakes family often share
Homework: (3 minutes) the feelings with
- Ask students to write a each other.........
passage about a happy family
(80 words) - Listen to the
- Ask students to prepare Part teacher
C- Listening and do homework - Write down the
homework

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 4th period

Date : 23/8
Grade 12
Theme: Home Life
Unit 1
Listening
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students can listen to get information to
decide True or False statements
+ Students can improve their ability of listening to write down
the main ideals of the lesson.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students learn more about a happy
family
- New words: Words related to family
3. Skills: - Listening and comprehension questions
- Listening and deciding on True or False statements
or no information
II. Method: Intergrated, mainly communicative
III. Teaching aids: Student’s book, pictures board, tape,
cassetteplayer, chalks.
IV. Procedure:

- Ask students to close the - Close the books
books - Listen to the
- Give some pictures and teacher
answer some questions - Work in groups
1,Who are they? and look at the
2 ,What are the relationship picture and answer
among them ?
- Check some students and
mark
- If you want to know more
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
details about them we will go
to Unit 1- part Listening
Pre-listening: (7 minutes) - Listen to the

- Introduce the topic of the teacher and open
listening: In this you will listen textbooks
to people talk about their
friends. But now please talk - 0ne or two
about your family first. students talk about
- Ask students to read all the their family.
words given carefully and
show the difficult words or - Read the new
structures words.
- Explain the words and
structures to the class: - Listen and note
-reseved : down
- leftover :
- spread out : - Work in pairs to
* Before you listen : ask and answer
- Ask students to look at the + P : -They are
picture and say : +What are having a party.
they doing ? - There are 9
+How many people are people in the family
there in the family ?
While-listening: (20
minutes)
Task 1 - Keep book open
- Introduction: you are going - Listen to the
to listen to Paul and Andrea teacher
talk about their family.
Ask students to read the - Read the sentence
sentences carefully first to get carefully to get the
the True or False. True or False
- Ask students to get the statements.
difficult words. - Ask for the difficult
- Read the tape-script loudly to ones.
the class. - Listen to the
- Ask students to decide the teacher.
answers . - Speak out the
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
sentences
- Listen and remark. individually.
- Ask students the question :
- Why do you think it is PS :
true / false ? 1, It is false
2, It is false
- Help them if necessary 3, It is false
4, It is true
5, It is true
Task 2
- Ask students to look through
the sentences in task 2 - Listen and work in
- Ask students to listen again pairs to speak out
and note down two things that some information
are different about Paul’s and they have heard
Andrea’s families. from the tape.
After-listening: (10
minutes)
- Ask students to open the -Discuss and find
books out the
- Ask them to discuss the the importance of
importance of family in a family in a person’s
person’s life life
- Let them work in pairs - The students who
- Walk round and help are called go to
students board and write
down your answer
- Ask some students to stand
up and go to board and write
- Listen and correct mistakes
Homework: (3 minutes)
- Ask students to write a -Listen to the
passage about teacher and write
the importance of family in a down homework
person’s life
-Remember them to prepare
Part- Writing at home
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 5th period

Date: 24/8
Grade 12
Theme: Home Life
Unit 1
Writing
Time 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students can write a paragraph about
family rules depending the given prompts
2. General knowledge: Students learn how to write a
description , stages of a description
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Language:
- New words: Words related to the topic
3. Skills: Writing a narrative
III. Teaching aids: Student’s book, notebook, some pictures
IV. Procedure:

A word game. - Keep book close
- Divide the class into 4 groups - Listen to the
- Ask students to work in teacher and work in
groups to revise the words pairs
using to say about family - Work in groups to
(in 2 minutes) revise the words
- Call the representatives of - Go to the board to
the groups to write as many write the words
words on the boards as
possible. (in 2 minutes) - Repeat the
- The winner is the students meanings of the
who has got the largest words in front of the
number of correct words on class
the board.
- Call some students to repeat
the meanings of the words.
Pre-writing: (10 minutes)

- - Ask students to use the - Listen to the
following verbs and teacher
expressions. and open the books
Give and read some words - Read all words and
aloud : expressions and
_ Let ,allow, be allowed to, work in pairs .
have to, permit, etc. A : Do you have to
+ Some expressions : do the household
- doing household chores chores ?
- coming home late B : Yes, after my
- preparing meals studying or my free
- watching TV time.
- talking on the phone A : Are you
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- using the family motorbike allowed to come
- Listen to the pairs and help home late ?
them if they B: No, because my
get some difficulties in parents are strict..
speaking. A : Do you often
- Ask students to stand up and prepare the meals ?
say a paragraph about his/her etc
family. Each representative
of a group stand up
and say about the
family.
A: - In my family ,
everybody has to do
the household
chores. I’m not
allowed to come
home late, I only
While-writing: (18 minutes) can watch TV when I
Task 2 finish my
Ask students to use the ideas homework......
they ‘ve dicussed to write a
leter to a pepal about their
family. + Write the letter
-Give some out line : first, individually.
second ,further more, - Every family has
and...finally.....etc. its own rules. Mine
has a few. First,
- Call two good students everybody has to do
present their outline in front of the house hold
the class chores, we only go
- Ask the others comment out or watch TV
- Feedback and give some when we finish all
correction to help students to homework........
have a better outline to write.
Post-writing: (10 minutes)
- Give suggestions and
corrections
- Ask students to read
another’s description - Some students
- Ask some students to read read loudly their
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
loudly their description products in front of
the class...
- Correct mistakes and mark
- Ask students to do part
writing of Unit 1 in the
student’s work book and
prepare part Language Focus - Listen to the
teacher and write
down homework

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 6th period

Date: 25/8
Grade 12
Theme: Home Life
Unit 1
Language Focus
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Pupils can pronounce the endings /s/ ,/z/
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge:+ Students have to remind of tense :past
simple, past progressive and present perfect.
+ Students have to do some exercises of tense
- New words: Words related to topic
3. Skills: Intonation and phrasal verbs
III. Teaching aids: Student’s book, pictures, board, tape,
cassetteplayer, chalks.
IV. Procedure:

Pronunciation: (8 minutes)
- Guide students to pronounce Listen to the
the endings /s/,/z/ : bats /s/ . teacher.
bags /z/
- Ask students to read the up - Listen to the
the words and the sentences teacher and read up
- Ask students to read up in
chorus twice - Read up in chorus
- Call some students to read twice
up in front of the class - Some students
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
read up in front of
. GRAMMAR:(35munites) the class
1,Tense of verbs:
* Ask students to repeat the
they’ve leant. - Listen to the
+ The past simple. teacher and speak
+ The past progressive. out .
+ The present perfect. P1: - past simple
- Ask students to give some P2: - past
sentences. progressive
- Let students compare the P3 : present perfect
differences ebtween past
simple and present perfect - Some students
Listen and give remarks give more
examples.
* Example :
- He left the room
last week.
- They were having
dinner at 8 o’clock
last night.
-She has learnt
English since she
was in grade 1.
- Work in pairs and
give the differences.
* past simple :
happened and
finished with the
definite time in the
past ,not related to
thepresent.
-Ex : He bought a
car yesterday.
Exercise 1: * present perfect :
- Ask students to work in started in the past
groups to do the exercise 1. but related to
- Ask students to choose their present or future
suitable verbs in the and give the result
sentences. at present.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Call the leader of each group -Ex : She has learnt
present their answers on the English since she
board was in the grade 5.
- Work in groups to
do the exercise
comment 1. Have you seen
2. Did you enjoyed
it?.
3. has been.
4. Did you give/saw.
Exercise 2: 5. didn’t listen
- Ask students to work in 6. Have you two
groups to do the exercise 2. met before ?
- Ask students to decide which 7,Have you met ?
answer ( A, , B,or C) - Discuss the
- Call the leader of each group answers and give
present their answers on the comment on the
board sentences
comment - Listen to the
teacher and work in
groups
to do the exercise.
1, B : haven’t
written
2, C : have been
3, A : had
4, A : haven’t done
5, B : have stopped
6, B : am waiting
7, B : have changed
8, C : live
Homework : (2 minutes) 9, A : decided
Ask students to do Part 10,B : becomes
Language Focus and prepare 11,B : told
part Reading of Unit 2 at home 12,C :moved
13,C : come
14, C : stay
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
15, B : am going
- Redo the exercises

- Do the exercises in
the workbook
- Prepare for the

next lesson
Unit 2: cultural diversity

th
The 7 period
Date : 26/8
Grade 12
Theme: cultural diversity
Unit 2
Reading
Time: 45 minutes

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
- Students read passage comprehension about role of cultural
diversity
- Students know how to use the new words through asking and
answering
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: - Through this unit, students know more
about cultural diversity
- New words: Words related to the topic( culture, society....)
3. Skills: -Guessing meaning from context
-Summarizing main idea
-Passage comprehension
III. Teaching aids: Board, tape, cassetteplayer, chalks,
textbook and notebook
IV. Procedures:

- Ask students to list out the - Listen to the
factors that create a happy life teacher
-Let students work in pairs - Answer the
-Ask students questions question
_Lead in: Today, we’ll study a
new lesson Unit 2- part A
:Reading
Pre-reading: (7 minutes)
groups of four Work in groups to
and guess what are happening talk about the
in the picture. activities in the
Hang on the blackboard the pictures
table of the questions to help - Look at the
students to guess the activity questions and try to
in each picture: answer them in
- Which of the following factors groups to discuss.
is the most important for a
happy life ?W hy ? - One student
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Love, money, parents’ speaks out his/her
approval, a nice house,a good ideas in front of the
job, good health...etc. class .
- Ask the representatives of the
groups to express their ideas in
front of the class. - Look at the board,
- Give the feedback note down.
+ Pre-teach some new words
- precede (v) -
counterpart(n) - Read the new
- confide(v) - sacrifice (v) words in chorus
- Ask students to read up in twice.
chorus twice. - Work in groups to
- Ask students to guess the guess meanings of
meaning of the new words. the words.
+ Introduce the situation of the - Listen to the
passage teacher
+ Show students the tasks of
the reading
While-reading: (20 minutes)
- Make the class read the small
talks, to scan the details and Read the passage in
do the tasks skim
Task 1 :
Ask students to read the - Show the meaning
passage in skim to make sure of the words.
the meaning of the words. - Work in groups to
- Call some students to show fill in the blanks.
the meanings - Read the italicized
- Ask students to read the words/ phrases and
passage again and do the task explain in front of
in groups of four the class :
- Call on some students to read 1, precede : happen
the answers in front of the or exist
class. 2, determine : find
- Ask students to read the out
sentences with the words given 3,confide : tell
somebody about
something very
private or secret
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
4,sacrifice : willingly
stop having
something you
want
Task 2 5, obliged : having
- Ask students to work in a duty to
groups of 8 to answer the something.
questions given.
- Call on some students to - Work in pairs to
show the class the right answer the
answers questions.
A: What are the
-Listen to the students and four key values in
help them if neccesary. the survey ?
B: They are
Physical
attractiveness,
Confiding,........
A: Who are much
more concerned
with physical...........
?
B :The young
Americans are
much more
concerned than the
young Indians and
the Chinese........
Post-reading: (12 minutes) A: What are the
Ask students to work in groups Indian students’
to discuss about the question : attitudes on a
+ What are the differences partnership of
between a traditional
equals ?
Vietnamese family and a B :The Indian
morden Vietnamese family ? students agree that
- Give some suggested words a woman gas to
to talk about a family :number sacrifice........
of children, the house they like
to have, the head of the
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
family , who works , who takes - Read the
care of the housework and questions carefully
children , the income... and work in pairs to
answer the
questions.
- Call on some A: - I think a
representatives on the modern family has
groups to talk about the fewer children than
differences a traditional one.
the head of the
family in a modern
family is both a
husband and wife,
they share the
household chores
and
Homework : (2 minutes) take care of their
-Do reading text in workbook children....
-Prepare the next lesson - Work in groups to
discuss to compare
to other groups.
- Talk in front of the

class about the
class.
-Listen to the
teacher and take
note

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 8th period

Date: 27/8
Grade 12
Unit 2
Speaking
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students can talk about the differences
among cultures
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: - Through this unit, students can talk
about the differences among cultures
- Know how to arrange opinions sensibly

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Language: Students use sentences, words, phrases and
expressions for making their view
3. Skills: Fluency in expressing opinion and expressions for
making a opinion
III. Teaching aids: Pictures, English textbook 12, hand-outs
IV. Procedures:
Teacher’s activities Student’s activities Notes

Warm-up:(5minutes)
Checking the last lesson - Listen to the
- Call two students to go to teacher
the board.
Students 1 and 2 : Talk about
the differences between a
traditional family and a
modern family they’ve written -Read the paragraph
at home. in front of the class
- Ask the other students to
comment about the talking.
- Feedback and give
correction if necessary
- Lead the whole class to the
topic of the lesson.
- Task 1: - Listen to the
We are going to talk about the teacher
differences among cultures .
- Ask students to express their
point of view on the followings
ideas , using the words or
expressions in the box. - Read the
* In Vietnam ,three or even sentences given and
four generations may live in work in groups to
home. dicuss.
* A happy mariage should A : In my opion,it is
based on love. not good for three
* In some Asian countries , or four generations
love is supposed to follow to live in a family
marriage not precede it. because they will
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
* In some countries, a man find it difficult to
and a woman may hold hands sympathy their
and kiss each other in public. interests and
- Listen to the students and habbits ...and I
give remark agree that love is
supposed to follow
mariage not
precede it.
B: I don’t agree
with your ideas, I
think it is good to
have three or four
While –speaking : generations living
(16munites) under one roof
Task 2: because they can
- Ask students to work in pairs help each other a lot
to discuss about the
differences between the
culture in America and in - Work in pairs to
Vietnam. discuss and give
+Give the culture in their ideas about
America: the differences
- Two generations ( parents + Give the culture
and children ) live in a home. in Vietnam.
- Old- aged live in nursing -There are more
home. generations in a
- It is not polite to ask home (grand
questions about age, marriage parents, parents
and income. and children ...)
- Americans can greet anyone - Elders live with
in the family first. their children and
- Groceries are bought once a are taken care of by
week. their sons.
- Christmas and New Year - Can ask the
holidays are the most questions about the
important. age, marriage and
- Children sleep in their own income..
bedrooms. - Have to greet the
older first.
+ Listen to the students and - Do the shopping
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
give more the ideas about the everyday.
differences. - Tet holiday is the
most important.
- Children can share
bedrooms with the
Post-reading: (14 minutes) other in a family.
Task 3:
- Ask students to work in pairs - Work in groups or
or work in groups to talk about in pairs to compare.
the similarities and differences Ps : - There are
between Vietnamese and differences and
American cultures, using the similarities between
features discussed in the task Vietnamese and
2. American cultures
.In America, two
- Listen and give remarks on generations
their opinions (parents and
children) live in
ahome . In Vietnam,
two, three
or even four
Homework:(2minutes) generations live
-Students write a paragraph under one roof...etc.
about the cultures in Vietnam.
- Do the exercises in the
workbook
- Prepare for the next -Listen and copy
lesson

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 9th period

Date : 28/8
Grade 12
Unit 2
Listening
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should know how to listen
to give some information about the wedding ceremony in
Vietnam.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students learn about the wedding
ceremony in Vietnam.
- Language:
- New words: Words related to culture, wedding
3. Skills: -Filling in missing information
III. Teaching aid: Board, tape, cassetteplayer, chalks,
textbook and notebook.
IV. Procedures:

Warm-up : (4 minutes)
- Ask students look at the - Listen and answer
pictures and have a - Work in pairs and
comparison ? each and answer
- Let students look at the
picture and describe and
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
answer some questions:
1,Where do the women come -
from?
2,What are they doing?
3,do they have happy life? - Look at the
why do you know? picture and the
- Listen and give mark table of the
Pre-listening : (6 minutes) questions to ask and
Ask students to work in groups answer about the
to ask and answer about the picture in pairs.
picture.
- Hang the table with the S1: -They often
questions on the board. stand in front of
+ Have you ever attended theater praying and
a wedding ceremony? asking their
+ What do the bride and ancestor’s
the groom usually do at permission to be
the wedding ceremony? married.
- Ask students to ask and
answer freely. S2:- They exchange
- Give some words : altar, their wedding rings.
banquet,
groom, ancestor ,blessing, S3:-They get the
tray...... presents from their
relative and their
friends.
While-listening: (24 - Listen to the

minutes) teacher or the tape.
Task 1:
Introduction: You are going
to hear two people talking - Read the
about a wedding ceremony in sentences and then
Vietnam. listen to the teacher
- Introduction: you are going to or the radio
listen to the conversation to carefully.
get the information to fill in 1, groom’s parents.
the missing information 2, red paper
- Let the students read all the 3, altar
sentences before listening
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
1, The wedding day is 4, at the wedding
carefully chosen by the........ banquit
2, The gifts are wrapped 5,wedding cards or
in............ money
3,The wedding ceremony
starts in front of the..........
4,Food and drink are
served.......
5,The guests give the newly

wedded couple envelopes
containing ........... and.......... - Work in pairs to
compare the
- Ask students to compare the answers
answers with a partner.
- Call on some students to go
the board to write their
answers -
- Ask students to explain their
answers in front of the class
- Feedback and Correct the
answers - Listen and try to
Task 2: get the information
-Ask students to listen to the to answer the
passage again and answer the questions
questions - Read the questions
- Ask the students to read all carefully.
the questions before listening. - Work in groups to
- Let the students listen to the discuss and answer
tape two or three times and the questions.
answer the questions. 1,The most
important thing the
groom’s family has
to do on the
wedding day is to
go to the bride’s
house bringing gifts
wrapped in red
paper.
2,They would
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
pray ,asking their
ancestors’
permission to get
married.
3, After they pray
and ask their
ancestors’
permission to get
married.
After-listening: (10 ...............
minutes)
groups to answer the Work in pairs to
question : What do families answer the
often do to prepare for a questions.
wedding ceremony?
- Call some 2 leaders of the
groups to talk
in front of the class
- Feedback
- *.Write a paragraph about a - Listen and copy in
wedding. their notebooks
– Prepare for the next lesson.
The 10th period

Date : 29/8
Grade 12
Unit 2
Writing
Time: 45 minutes
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Student can describing typical features of
a Vietnamese conical leaf hat.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students could write a report to describe
typical features of a Vietnamese conical leaf hat.
- Language: Words used in a Vietnamese conical leaf hat
3. Skills: Describing a Vietnamese conical leaf hat
II. Method: Interagrated, mainly communicative
III. Teaching aids: Some models of chart, real information in
life
IV. Procedures:

- Work in pairs to talk about -Work in pairs to talk
the special things in Vietnam.
- Call the best student in the - Some students talk
class to tell his/her story to about their
the class. experience in front
- Comment and lead students of the class .
to the topic of the lesson. + Banh trung,ao
dai, non la,......
Task 1
- Ask the students to write
about the conical or the “non Listen to the teacher
la”, a symbol of Vietnamese
culture.
- Give some new words : leaf, - Listen to the
rim, ribs, teacher and read
strap. aloud
- Ask students to observe the the words
photo of the “non la”
While-writing: (20
minutes)
Task 2
Let students write a passage Read the words
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
of about 150 words about the given and write a
conical leaf hat , using the passsage : - The
outline and information conical leaf hat is
below. one of the typical
* Introduction : - symbol of features (symbols)
Vietnamese of the the
girls/women. Part of the spirit Vietnamese culture
of the Vietnamese nation. because it can not
* Main body: - special kind of be found any where
bamboo and young /soft palm in the world .The
leaves, conical form, leaf hat is not only a
diameter,......... symbolof
*Conclusion : - protecting Vietnamese
people from sun/rain and girls/women.........
girls/women look - Write the letter
pretty/attractive. individually.
Post-writing: (10 minutes) - Read the letter of

Ask students change the the partner.
letter with a partner to read.
- Call a good students to read - Read the letter in
the letter in front of the class. front of the class
- Feedback and give some
suggestions
-Do the exercise at
Homework: (2 minutes) home.
- Ask students to do the - Prepare for the
exercises in the workbook. next lesson

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 11th period

Date : 30/8
Grade 12
Unit 2
Language Focus
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students can pronounce the sounds “ ed”
ending
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students have to revise the tenses
- Language:
3. Skills:
- Pronunciation: the sounds “ ed” ending
- Grammar: - revise the tenses
IV. Procedures:
I. Pronunciation(10 munites)
a. Distinguishing sounds:
- Read the three sounds: /t/, / d/,
/ id / as model for the class and
explain the differences in - Read aloud
producing them. - Listen and repeat
- Read the sounds again and ask from 2-3 times
students to repeat. - Some of them
- Ask students to read the words stand and read
in each column out aloud in words aloud
chorus for more a few times.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Call on some students to read
the words in front of the class -Listen to the
- Correct the mistakes of teacher
pronunciation.
b. Practising sentences - Read the
containing the sentences in chorus
target sounds aloud
- Ask students to work in pairs to
take turn to read the given - Listen and copy
sentences -List some phrasal
- Go round to listen and take verbs : fill in ;turn
notes of the typical errors on; go over ;look
- Call on some students to read at ;make up. Look
the sentences in front of the after ....
class again and provide
corrective feedback.
II. Grammar: (34munites)
* Exercise 1:
a. Presentation: - Some students
- Review the forms, meanings read the sentences
and uses of the present simple, in front of the class.
present perfect, and present
continuous, past perfect...
+ Present simple
* FORM:
* MEANING: PRESENT TIME
* USE: - Work in groups to
sometimes use the present review the
simple to express the ideas that tenses
an action is happening or+
Express the idea that an action
is repeated or usual. The action
can be a habit, a hobby, a daily
event, a scheduled event or - Listen to the
something that often happens. It teacher to the
can also be something a person teacher and note
often forgets or usually does not down
do.
+ Speakers is not happening
now. This can not only be done
with Non-Continuous Verbs
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
and certain Mixed Verbs.
+ Present continuous
* FORM:
* USE:
+ Present perfect/Present
perfect progressive.
* FORM:
* USE:
We use the present perfect to
say that the action happened at - Listen to the
an unspecified time before now. teacher to the
The exact time is not important. teacher and note
So we can use Present Perfect to down
describe our experience “I have
the experience of …” we can
use this tense to say that we
have never had a certain
experience. The Present Perfect
is NOT used to describe a
specific event
+ With Non-Continuous Verbs
and non-continuous uses of
Mixed Verbs we use present
perfect to show that something
started in the past and has
continued up until now. “for five
minutes”, “for two weeks”, and
“since Thursday” are all which
can used with the Present - Listen to the
Perfect. teacher and note
NOTE: down
- We CAN NOT use the Present
Perfect with specific time
expressions: yesterday, a year
ago, last month, …
- We CAN NOT use the Present
Perfect with unspecific
expressions: ever, never, once,
many times, several times,
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
before, so far, already, yet, etc.
b. Practice:
- Ask students to do the exercise Review the
individually and then choose a formation and the
partner to uses of the tense
check the answers with.
- Call 2 students to write their
answers on the board - Students do the
- Provide corrective feedback. exercise
individually and
* Exercise 2: then compare the
a. Presentation: answers with a
- Review the forms, meanings friend
and uses of the past simple, and - Write the answers
past continuous on the board
+ Past perfect : form/ meaning/
use. -Do the exercise
b. Practice: individually and
- Ask students to do the exercise check the answers
2 individually and then choose with a partner
A,B or C to complete the -Some students go
passage. to the board to
- Call 2 students to write their write the answers
answers on the board
- Provide corrective feedback
* Exercise 3: - Listen and note
down
Ask students to complete the
letter with the correct form of
the verbs in brackets.
check the answers with.
- Call 2 students to write their
- Provide corrective feedback
- Ask students to redo the
exercises into the note-
workbooks
- Ask students do the exercises
in the workbook
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Ask students to prepare for the
next lesson.
Unit 3: ways of socialising

th
The 12 period
Date : 3/9
Grade 12
Theme: ways of socialising
Unit 3
Reading
Time: 45 minutes

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students can
+Develop such reading micro-skills as guessing meaning
from context
+ Use the information they have read to answer the
questions
+ Pictures in the student’s book enlarged.
+ A table of the active words of the passage.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students could understand and use the
new words through speaking, asking and answering
- Language:
- New words: Words relate to ways of socialising
3. Skills: -Reading for general or specific information
-Guessing meaning from context
III. Teaching aids: Some photos of ways of socialising and
some information about them. Board, tape, cassetteplayer,
chalks, textbook and notebook.
IV. Procedures:

- Ask students to list some -Listen to the
ways of communication teacher
they have know -Give their answer
- Let students work in pair
- Check the whole class
- Ask students to work in groups
to discuss about the pictures in -Work in groups to
the textbook. discuss about the
- Ask students to use the pictures
questions to ask and answer - Work in pairs to
about the pictures : ask and answer
- What are the people in the
pictures doing?
- What will you do if you want to - Some students
get your teacher’s attention in answer the
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
class? questions in front
- What will you do if you need to of the class.
ask someone a question but
they are busy talking to
someone else?
- Comment and lead the whole
class to the topic of the
passage.
* Pre-teach: New words and
phrases:
- write some new words and
phrases on the board
+verbal(a) + non –
verbal(a) - Look at the board
+ attract (v) + nod (v) and note down
+ approach + rude (a)
(v)
- Ask students to guess the
meanings of the words Guess the meaning
- Ask students to read the words of the words and
in chorus twice. phrases.
- Call two students to read the - Listen to the
words in front of the class teacher and read
While-reading: (20 minutes) up the words and
- Let students open the book phrases in chorus
and read silently while teacher - Some students
reads aloud and correctly read them in front
- Ask students to read of the class
themselves and write down
some information - Read the passage
- Let students work in pairs to in skim to guese
do the task 1 the meaning of the
Task 1 words
- Ask students to read the - Ask students to
passage and give the work in groups to
Vietnamese equivalents to the guess the meaning
following words phrases. of the phrases
- Verbal : bằng lời,hữu ngôn
- Non- verbal :không bằng lời Some students
- Attract someone’s attention
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
:thu hút chú ý show the answers
- impolite :không lịch sự in front of the
- rude : thô tục, thô lỗ class.
-informality:thân mật
- approach : tiếp cận
-a slight nod will do :một cái gật đầu -Work in groups
nhẹ là đủ and give their
ideas.
Call on some students to show
their answers in front of the Ps : A ( Attracting
class. Attention : Non-
- Comment and give the correct verbal Cues)
answers Task 2:
- Ask students to read the
passage again to choose the
best title for the passage.
- Call four students to go to the - Work in pairs to
board the write their answers anwer the
- Ask some students to correct questions
and remark with giving the P1:What can you
reason why they have chosen it do when you want
- Feedback and give the right to attract
answers someone’s
Task 3 : attention?
- Ask students to work in pairs to P2 :We can use
answer the questions . either verbal or
non verbal.
P1 : What are
- Listen to the students and considered to be
remark. big, obvious non
verbal signals?
P2 :They are
strong actions that
can easily be
seen...etc.
Post-reading: (10 minutes)
- Ask students to work in groups -Practice talking
to discuss the meaning of about
whistling and clapping in communication by
Vietnamese culture. non- verbal
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Call on some representatives actions.
of the groups to answer the - to express the
questions in front of the class. happiness they can
whistle or clap
- sometimes, they
clap or whistle to
encourage or
Homework (4 minutes) despise.
-Ask students to learn the new - Listen and note
words and phrases down
- Ask students to prepare for the
next lesson. - Listen to the
teacher.
- Do the exercises
at home
- Prepare for the
next lesson.
The 13th period

Date : 4/9
Grade 12
Unit 3
speaking
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should know
+ Use appropriate language to practise giving
and responding to compliments in different situations
+ Use appropriate language to talk about other ways of
communication
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students can talk about other ways of
communication
- Language: Words to speak about ways of communication
3. Skills: -Ask and answer the information about ways of
communication
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
III. Teaching aids: Photos of some famous persons or some
real information about ways of communication
IV. Procedures:
Teacher’s activities Students’ Notes
activities
Introduction: we are going to - Listen to the
talk about the different ways of teacher and
communication. say
- Ask students to work in about the ways of
groups to talk about some ways communicatio
to attract to other people. n
- Give students some words
and phrases (Hang on the
extra board of prompts).
+ terrific (a) - Look at the
+ decent (a) board and read
+ to be kiding aloud the new
- Ask students to practise words.
speaking
Pre-speaking: (8 minutes)
Task 1
- - Introduce the task: Now
work in pairs, take turn to - Work in pairs to
practise readig the dialoge, practise speaking.
paying attention to how - Some couples to
compliments are received in play roles to speak
each situation. in front of the
- Ask students to read all the class.
questions in the task and P1 : Phil
explain the difficult words and P2 : Barbara
phrases if necessary. P3 : Peter
- Ask students to do the task in P4 : Cindy
roles and encourage the whole P5 :Tom
class to take note the answers P6 : Tony
while they are doing the task.
- Go around the class to check
and offer help.

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
While-speaking: (20
minutes)
Task 2 - Work in pairs to
- - Ask students to work in pairs give suitable
to practise giving compliments words.
to suit the resposes using the P1 : David
outlines that they have already P2 : Kathy
made P3 : Hung
- Go around the class to check P4 : Hien
and offer help. P5 :Michael
- Call on some couples to P6 : Colin
perform their conversation in
front of the class.
- Elicit feedback from the class
and give final comments. - Listen to the
* Task 3: teacher
- Introduce the duty of the task: - Work in roles to
- Divide the class into 7 groups practise speaking
of 8 P1 : Phil
- Ask students to work in P2 : You
groups to practise responding P3 : Peter
the compliments below. P4 : Tom
- Go around the class to check ..........
and offer help.
Post-speaking: (10 minutes) Listen and work

* Task 4: in pairs to make a
- Ask the groups to make dialoge based on
dialoge to practisegiving and the Task 1,2 ,3.
respoding to compliments , A : You really
using the cues below. have a nice pair
- a nice pair of glasses of glaases I think
- a new and expensive watch they make you
- a new cell phone attractive.
- a modern looking pair of B: Thank
shoes you,Nam. That’s a
- a fashionable jacket nice compliment.
A : I think you
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
have a new and
- Call some representatives of expensive watch
groups to report the parties which I have
that they have made. never seen
Listen to the students and note before.
down all the errors B : Thank you . I
bought it
yesterday.
A:............
- Listen and write

Homework: (2-4 minutes) down in their
- Summarise the main points of notebooks
the lesson
- Ask students to write a
dialogue about the compliment

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 14th Period
Date : 14/9
Grade 12
Unit 3
Listening
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should know to develop
such listening micro-skills as intensive listening for specific
information
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students know how to give information
after listening
- Language:
- New words: Words related to ways of socialsing
3. Skills: - Listening for general or specific information
-Comprehension questions
III. Teaching aids: Some pictures of persons or some real
information about them. Board, tape,
cassetteplayer, chalks, textbook and
notebook.
IV. Procedures:

- Ask students to close the book - - Listen to the
- Give some questions : teacher, and answer
+ Who’s on duty today ? the questions.
+ Who’s absent today ?
-Pre-listening: (8 minutes)
- Show students the pictures in - Read silently the
the textbook and ask students sentences given
to guess what they are doing ? before listening
- Listen the first
- Ask students to work in pairs time
to ask and answer the - No, we haven’t
questions in the textbook.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Listen the second
- Call some students to answer time and begin
the questions in front of the doing the task
class. Then explain their- Listen the third
reasons. time and work in
Check the whole class. groups to decide the
* Pre-teaching some new best answer
words and phrases. - Each group asks
- Ask students to read the and explains why
words aloud twice. they choose by
- Explain some new words: some information
+ marvellous(a) they’ve listened
+startling(a) absolute(a):hoàn
toàn -Keys : 1C ,2A ,3C ,
+ installed: lắp đặt + 4A ,5B
chitchat(v) - Listen and read
the words aloud in
While-listening: (20 chorus .
minutes)
Task 1
+ Introduction: You are going
to listen to Linda Cupple, a
social worker, advise young
people on how to use the - Write down the
telephone in their family. Listen new words
and decideTrue or False
statements.
statements carefully before
play the tape. Ask students to + Listen to the
work in groups to guess the teacher and try to
answers. guese the contend
- Play the tape (read the of the talk in the
tapescript) once for students to tape.
listen and do the task
- Ask students to work in pairs
to check the answers.
- Call some students to show - Work in pairs and
their answers in front of the read the statements
class. carefully.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Feed back and give the
correct answers:
1. T
2. F (the most obvious
problem)
3. T -Some students
4. F(if your parents do not speak out their
agree) answers and explain
5. F (is made mostly by young why they have
people) chosen it.
6. T A : I think the first
* Task2: sentence is true
Introduction: because it isin the
- You are going to listen to part secon paragraph.
of Ms Linda Cupple ‘s talk again ( 1: T)
and write the missing words. B : I think it is False
- Ask students to read the because it is the
paragraph carefully and work in most obvious
pairs to discuss and answer the problem.
missing words before listening A : ...........
again the talk.
- Play the tape ( or read) the
talk again for the whole class - Listen to the
- Ask students to give the teacher and read
missing words individually. the part of the talk .
- Play the tape ( or read) the

story again for the whole class - Work in groups
to check the answers. and try to guese the
- Feedback and give the correct missing words.
answers. - Listen to the
Answer: tapescript
1. agreed 5.waking - Check the answers
2. to avoid. 6.heart in groups
3. particular. 7. kindness
4. adults 8. to stick - Listen to the
Post-reading: (10 minutes) teacher and note
- Ask students to listen to the down the correct
talk again and try to summarize answers
the talk.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Call some couples to talk in

front of the class.
Work in groups and
- Summaries the main points of practise talking
the lesson about Ms Linda
Cupple’s talk.
Ps : In this talk Ms
Linda Cupple
give us some pieces
of advice on
how to use the
telephone in the
Homework: (2- 4 minutes) family. The first is to
- Ask students to write a work out a
paragraph about their own reasonable.....
birthday parties. - Some couples
- Ask students to prepare for present the talk in
the next lesson. front of the class.
- Listen to the
teacher
- Do homework and
prepare the next
lesson.
The 15th Period

Date : 15/9
Grade 12
Unit 3
Writing
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should know
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
+ Building sentences based on given words.
+ Re- ordering given sentences to make a complete
paragraph.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students learn to Re- order given
sentences to make a complete paragraph.
- Language: Words used in writing about a paragraph.
3. Skills: Writing about a letter of recommendation
III. Teaching aids: Some cues, information of someone
IV. Procedures:

- Ask students to close the - Answer the
books questions
-- Ask students some
questions:
* Who is absent from the class
today ?
* Who is on duty, today?
* What should you do if you
want to talk to someone?
Pre-writing: (8 minutes) -Read the
Task 1 requirement carefully
You are going to write use the and read the words
words to make sentences. carefully.
Change the form of the verbs
(No addition or omission is - Ps practise writing
required). the full sentences.
- Ask students to read the 1,There are many
words in the Task 1 and then ways to tell someone
make the full sentences. goodbye, and most of
1,there/be / many ways/ tell themdepend on the
someone/ goodbye, /most of situation at hand.
/them/depend/on the 2, However, thereis
situation/and/at hand. one rule that all
2,however/there/be/one situations observe:
rule/that /all situations/ We seldom say
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
observe:abruptly/we/seldom/ goodbye abrutly
say goodbye. 3,In English it is
3, necessary to prepare
in/English/it/be/necessary/prep a person for our
are/a person/ for our departure
department 4, We lead into the
4, we/lead/into the farewell by saying
farewell/by/say/some something pleasant
thing pleasant and and thoughtful like
thoughtful/like/ “ I’ve/ “I’ve really enjoyed
really/enjoy/ talking to you”
5,we/might/also 5,We might also say
say/something/relating to/ something relating to
the/time/like/ “Gosh”,/I the timeline “Gosh, I
can’t/believe/how/ can’t believe how
late/it/be/I/really/must/be/go late it is! I must be
going!”
While-writing: (18 minutes) Do the task

- Introduce to do task2 individually and then
- Ask students to put the compare the answers
sentences of the two with a friend
paragraphs below in their right- Some students
order . show the order of the
& Paragraph 1: sentences in front of
- Call on some students to the class.
order the sentences in front of+1- C : It is difficult
the class. to write rules that
- Elicit the others to comment tell exactly when you
and give the correct answers. should opologize,but
- Feedback and give the it is not difficult to
correct answers learn how.
& Paragraph 2: + 2- E : If we have
- Ask students to order the done something to
sentences as the same the hurt someone’s
task 1. feeling, we
opologize.
-Elicit the others to comment + 3 – A: An opology
and give the correct answers. indicates that we
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Feedback and give the realize we’ve made a
correct answers mistake,and we’re
soory for it.
+..........- Work in
pairs to exchange the
sentences in order of
a paragraph.
+ 1- C :The simplest
way to opologize is to
say “ I’m sorry”.
+ 2- E : Let’s take a
common situation.
Tom is late for class
and enters the
classroom.
+ 3 – B : What does
he do? The most
polite action is
usually to take a seat
as quietly as possible
and opologize later.
+4 – A : But if the
teacher stops and
waits for him to say
something .........
Post-writing: (13 minutes) + 5- D :Naturally,
- Ask students to write other more than this is
dialogues about the ways of needed, but it is not
communication with the time.......
the situation given.
1, How should you do when
you are late for class? Work in groups and
2, You’ve made some mistakes then each
in your presentative of each
writing. You want to talk to the group go to the board
teacher about it? ...etc. to write their
dialoges.
Ps :1, I should
opologize to the
teacher and the class
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Homework: (2 minutes) for being late
- Do the writing task in 2,I think it is
student’s workbook necessary to say “
-Prepare the next lesson I’m sorry” . Could you
help me correct
them?
Listen and take note
The 16th Period

Date : 16/9
Grade 12
Unit 3
Language Focus
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students can pronounce the stress in
two- syllable words
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will
be able to:
+ Remind of the ways of changing the reported speech.
+ Students can do the tasks well
- Language: the ways of changing the reported speech
3. Skill: the stress in two- syllable words
IV. Procedures:
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng

I. Pronunciation: (15
minutes) Listen to the
- Explain how to pronounce the teacher and write
stress in two – syllable words. some rules in the
* If verbs, adj , adv, notebooks
prepositions if the second - Ex : Polite/ai/,
syllable which has long vowel police/ i:/,between
or double vowel( except ou )-
the stress falls the second
syllable. But if the second - waving/ei/,
syllable which has short vowel pointing.........
or double vowel or finishes by
one consonant the stress falls
the first syllable.
* For nouns in whichthe - student, signal.....
second syllable have short
vowel the stress falls the first
syllable(` money ). If the - design,
second syllable which has long police.........
vowel or double vowel the
stress falls the second syllable
( de’sign)
- Ask students to read the - Listen to the
words and practise giving the teacher and work in
correct stress. pairs to give the
- Call some students to read correct stress.
the words in front of the class. - Read the words in
Practising sentences: front of the class.
and give the correct stress of - Work in pairs to
the words in the sentences and practise giving the
then read the aloud the given correct stress of the
sentences words in the
- Call some students to read sentences.
the sentences in front of the
class. - Some students
- Comment and read the read in front of the
sentences once to the whole class.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
class. - Listen to the
teacher
- Listen and remind

II. Grammar: (20 minutes) of the ways to
Exercise 1: Presentation exchange the
a, - Ask students remind of the reported speech.
rules to change the reported
speech:
+ Change the tenses of verbs - Listen to the
+ Change pronouns suitable teacher and note
with the situations given. down in the
+ Change the time as the notebook
sentences given . - Practise changing
b, Practise doing exercise 1 the sentences.
- Let students read the 2, Thuan said he
situation and change into the worked for a big
reported speech. company.
3,Thuan said he was
their marketing
manager.
- Let students practise doing 4, Thuan sais the
exercise and each of them company had
stands and speak out the opened an office in
sentences they’ve done. Ho Chi Minh city.
5,Thuan said it had
- Go around , listen and hepl been very
them if neccessary. successful.
6, Thuan said he
had been chosen to
run an office in
District 5.
7, Thuan asked me
howlong I had been
learning English.
8, Thuan said he
didn’t have much
time to enjoy
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
himself.
- Practise doing and
speaking out
the sentences
they’ve changed .
- Listen to the
teacher’s correction
and write down their
notebooks.
Exercise 2
-
,Ask students to read the
dialoge between Lan and Work in pairs the
Tuan , then they have to dialogue between
complete Lan and Tuan firstly
the conversation Tuan had and try to find out
with Tung by changing in the tense of verbs,
reported speech. pronouns and time
in the dialogue.
* Tense: Simple
present and Simple
past , Simple
- Let students work in pairs future .....
- I, you, he ,she.....
- Time indecates in
the dialoge.
b, Ask students to read the
dialoge between Tung * Work in pairs:
and Tuan by using reported - P1 : Lan
speech to retell what Lan has - P2 : Tuan
told Tuan.
+ Each pair stands
up and read the
dialoge.
-Work in pairs and
practise changing
reported speech.
1, She said she
didn’t want to talk
Go around and listen to to you.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
students or help the if they 2, She said she was
need. upset too.
3, She said she was
not interested..
4, Because you had
promised to go to
the cinema.
5, But you hadn’t
turned up .
6, She said she
didn’t want to see
you .
7, She said she
didn’t believe you
had tried.
8, She said she
would talk to you
later.
9, She said she had
to go otherwise she
would be late for
school.
- Each student
stands and speak
out their sentences
Homework: (5 minutes) they’ve made.
-Ask students to revise the
whole unit
- Ask students to do all the
exercises.
- Listen and write
down their
notebooks.

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 17th period

Date : 17/9
Grade 12
Test yourself A
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: - According to the TEST students can
revise all the language skills and grammatical points
which they have studied and used in the three units: 1,2
and 3.
- Students can improve their techniques of doing the
simple tests.
2. Knowledge: After this lesson, students will be able to:
- Check themselves their skills in reading, speaking,
listening, writing
- Improve their knowledge through the test yourself
- Language: Students can improve their techniques of
doing the simple tests
3. Skill: After this lesson, students will be able to:
listening, writing
- Improve their knowledge through the test yourself
III. Teaching aids: Textbook, board, hand-outs, cassette tape
and player.
IV. Procedures:


Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Greeting - Greeting
- Ask students something - Answer teacher’s
about the test yourself A questions
* Have you prepared it at
home?
* Have you got any difficulties?
Test yourself
I. Listening(2.5 points) (10 - Look at the book

minutes) and listen to the
- Ask students to read all the task
sentences first - understand the
- Ask students to listen to the task
tape once. - Read the questions
- Ask students to listen again - Listen to the tape
and speak out the statements - Listen again and
are true or false . say the statements
- Ask students to listen in the are true or false.
third time, the work in groups - Listen and discuss
to compare and discuss the in groups to find the
answers with each others to correct answers:
find the correct answers. 1-T, 2-F, 3-F, 4-T, 5-
T.
II. Reading (2.5 points) (10 - Look at the

minutes) textbook and listen
- Present the task: to the teacher
- Ask pupils to work in groups
to compare the answers they
have already done to find the - Work in groups to
correct ones. discuss about the
- Give the correct answers to passage
the class: - Finish the task
1. We can communicate not - Compare their
only through words but also results with the
through body laguage. other groups, and
2. They are our posture, facial then with the keys
expression, gestures. - Write the answers
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
3. If your posture is slumped on the board
and your head is down , this
could mean that you are sad or - Listen to the
lack cofidence. teacher and correct
4. A person who doesn’t look the answers
away is expressinga chllenge.
A personwho doesn’t look at
you is expressing lack of
interestor is shy.
5, Because that person might
be angry at you or feel
superior to you.
- Listen to the
III. Grammar(2.5 points) (8 teacher
minutes) - Work in groups
- Present the task: - Compare the
A, Practise circlingthe correct results with the
anwer (A,B,C or D) to complete other groups
the letter. - Show the answers
- Ask students to work in in front of the class.
groups to give the correct form - Observe the keys
of verbs in the paasage. and correct their
* Give the correct form of anwres.
verbs.
1, C: have been.
2, D : will be
3,B : are having
4,A : could have put off
5,B : will have finished *Work in groups
6,D :have seen and practise writing
B, Let students finish each of of the sentences given
the following sentences in such in reported speech.
a way that it has the same 1, Lan asked John
meaning as the original what he had done
sentence. before working for
that company.
2,Bill promised to
come to see me the
next Sunday.
3, Tom apologized
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
for not ringing me
earlier.
4,Miss White
thanked Peter for
giving her present.
IV. Writing (7 minutes) - Students work in

- Present the task: groups and practise
- Call the students to read the writing about their
suggested sentences in front of families.
the class. - Two students go
+ Give the number of your to the board and
family members, their names, write.
ages and jobs. A : There are four
+ How do they share the people in my family,
housework? my father’s name is
+ How do they behave? Tuan,he is fourty-
+What are their hobbies? five years old and
+ What do you like about each he is a doctor. My
of them? mother is Lan, she is
+ ...........................................
fourty years old and
she is a teacher ,
my sister is Huong
- Check their writings and help and she is a student
them correct the mistakes if in Hanoi, I am
they’ve made. Hoang, sixteen
years old and I am a
pupil of grade 12.
We are a close-
knite family, we
often share the
household. ..........
- Give the writings

by reading aloud.
- Read the letter
carefully
- In groups or in
pairs, write her a
letter
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Compare the
Homework (5 minutes) results with the
- Ask students: other groups
+ to study all the lessons - Correct mistakes
again
+ to get ready for the 45
minute-test in the next period
- Study all the
lessons again
- Get the knowledge
ready for the
coming test

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 18th period

Date : 18/9
Test 1
Grade: 12
Time limit: 45 minutes
45 minute test 1
Full name :…………………………………….
Class : ……………
I. Choose the word with underlined part pronounced differently from

the rest (1 point ):
1 A. seats B. photographs C. drops D. bags

2 A. reads B. banks C. brothers D. lives
3 A. covered B. slipped C. snowed D. used
4 A. decided B. tried C. interested D. reminded
5 A. closed B. jumped C. walked D. placed
II. Fill in each gap with one word from the table, there are more words
than needed ( 2 points):
chance nursing homes contractual nightshift arguments

banquets well-behaved hospital pressure formal
rude annoy responsibility pleasure get
together
1. My father is a doctor, he works on a ........................................ 3 times a week.

2. In my family, I take the ......................................... to wash the dishes and take
out the garbage.
3. Students in my school are under a lot of study ............................................
4. The boy who ...................................... people are mischievous.
5. On Monday mornings, all teachers and students ......................................... on
the schoolyard.
6. Marriages that are decided by the parents are called .......................................
marriages.
7. Old-aged parents in America live in...........................................
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
8. Nowadays, wedding ....................................... are usually held at restaurants
or hotels.
9. It's considered to be ..................................... when a student waves to his
teacher to get attention.
10. The telephone often causes ...................................... between members of
the family.
III. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses (2 points):
1. I ( buy) .................................... a new house last year but I (not
sell) ................................ my old house yet so now I have two house.
2. A: You ( be ) .................................. the theater lately ?
B: Yes, I (go) .................................... to see the Othello last week.
A: You (like) ................................ it ?
B: Yes but I ( can not ) ................................. see very well, I sat at the back.
3. A: I (do) ..................................... my housework all morning and I (not
finish) ..........................yet.
B: I ( do)............................... mine, I (start) .................................. at 6 a.m.
IV. Change the following sentences into reported speech beginning with
given words (1 point):
1. Helen said " I have been here for six months ".
Helen
said ....................................................................................................................
...
2. Helen said " I will leave tomorrow '.
Helen
said ....................................................................................................................
...
3. Helen said to John " I will give you a ring when I arrive ".
Helen
promised ............................................................................................................
...
4. John said to Helen " Remember to keep in touch ".
John reminded
Helen ...........................................................................................................
5. Helen said to John " Thank you for the good time we had together ".
Helen
thanked ..............................................................................................................
......
V. Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer ( 2 points)
:
In the past, both men and women were expected to get married at young
age. Marriages were generally arranged by parents and family. It was not
surprising to find that the groom and the bride had only just met on the day of
their engagement or marriage.

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
In modern Viet Nam , this has changed completely as people choose their
own marriage-partners based on love, and in consideration primarily to their
own needs and wants. Moreover, early marriage is quite illegal.
The traditional Vietnamese wedding is one of the most important
occasions. Regardless of westernization, many traditional customs continue to
be celebrated in wedding ceremony by Vietnamese in both Vietnam and
foreign countries, often combining both western and eastern elements. Beside
the wedding ceremony, there is also an engagement ceremony which usually
takes place half a year before the weeding. Due to the spiritual nature of the
occasion, the date and time marriage ceremony are decided in advance by a
fortune-teller. The traditional Vietnamese wedding consists of the following
steps; the first is the ceremony to ask permission to receive the bride, the
second is procession to receive the bride 9 along with the ancestor
ceremony), the third is to bring the bride to the groom's house for another
ancestor ceremony and to welcome her into the family then the last is the
wedding banquet. The number of guests at the banquet is large, usually in the
hundred. Several special dishes are served. Guests are expected to bring
gifts, money and the groom and the bride will go from table to table to thank
their guests for their blessing and gifts.
1. In the past, ............................................
A. Vietnamese people were free to make a decision on the marriage.
B. Vietnamese marriages were decided by parents and family.
C. Getting married at early age was not allowed.
D. Parents had no right to interfere their children's marriage.
2. At that time, the fact that the bride and the groom had only first met on the
day of their engagement or marriage was ............................
A. surprising B. popular C. uncommon D. strange
3. Which sentence is true about Vietnamese modern marriage ?
A. Most young people don't have their marriage based on love.
B. All marriages are arranged by parents and families
C. Marriage is quite westernization .
D. Couples do not get married at quite young age.
4. According to the passage, ..............................................
A. Overseas Vietnamese people don't like to have a traditional wedding.
B. There is an engagement ceremony before the wedding ceremony.
C. Many traditional customs don't exist in a traditional wedding ceremony
nowadays.
D. Vietnamese people never ask a fortune-teller the date and time of the
marriage ceremony.
5. Which does not exist in a Vietnamese wedding ceremony ?
A. guests B. dishes C. firecrackers D. gifts
VI. Write a short paragraph ( 80 words) about your family using the
suggestions below(2 points) :

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Number of members, their ages and jobs.
- Responsibilities of each member.
- Some of your family rules.
- The reason you like/dislike your family
................................................................................................................................
...................
................................................................................................................................
...................
................................................................................................................................
...................
................................................................................................................................
...................
................................................................................................................................
...................
................................................................................................................................
...................
................................................................................................................................
...................
................................................................................................................................
...................
................................................................................................................................
...................
................................................................................................................................
...................
................................................................................................................................
...................
................................................................................................................................
...................
................................................................................................................................
...................
................................................................................................................................
...................
................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
................................................................................................................................
.........................................................
Unit 4 : SCHOOL EDUCATION

SYSTEM
The 19 th period
Date : 18/9
Grade 12
Theme: SCHOOL EDUCATION SYSTEM
Unit 4
Reading
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should know school education
system in England
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students know about school education
system
- Language: Sentences and expression for describing school
education system
- New words: Words related to school education system
IV. Procedure:

- Ask Ss some questions - Open the book
about the picture: - Listen to the teacher
- Who are they? - Answer the questions
- What are they doing?
- Do you think they are
English students?

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Before you read : (7 minutes)
- Ask students to read the facts - Listen to the teacher
below and decide whether the and open the book – Unit
statements about schools in 1, part A: reading
Vietnam are true (T) or false (F).
Then compare their results with
their partners’. - Look at the book, listen
Facts about schools to the teacher and work in
1. Children start Grade 1 when pairs to decide whether
they are 6 years old. the statements about
2. Schooling is compulsory from schools in Vietnam are
the age of 6 to 16. true (T) or false (F). Then
3. The school year generally compare their results
begins in September and ends in with their partners’.
late May. 1. T
4. The students do not have any 2. F
examinations when they finish 3. T
secondary school. 4. F
5. A school year consists of two 5. T
terms.
- Listen to the teacher
While you read : (23 minutes) then read the passages
- Ask students to look through the - Ask some new words if
passage and read in silence necessary
- Help students read the passage
- Explain pronunciation and
meaning of new words which - Keep the book open
appear in the passage - Listen to the teacher
Task 1 : (3 minutes) then do task 1
Find words or phrases in the - Ask the teacher if
reading passage which have the necessary
following meanings.- Let students - work individual or in
work individual or in groups group
- Help students if necessary - Write down in the
Keys: notebook
1- state schools
2- primary education
3- secondary education
4- compulsory
5- General Certificate of
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Secondary Education (GCSE)
6- Curriculum
Task 2: (4 minutes) - Listen to the teacher
- Ask students to answer the - Try to answer the
following questions questions
- Ask students look through the - Practice with a partner
passages then try to answer the then write them down in
questions in right way the note books
- Let them work in pairs - Ask the teacher if
- Help students if necessary necessary
(the answers in the passage) - Listen to the teacher
Walk round the classroom and and make a brief note
correct mistakes about school education
Keys: system in England
1. from the age of 5
2. 3 terms - Listen to the teacher
3. the state school and the - Try to talk about school
‘independent’ or ‘public’ school education system in
systems England
4. yes - The students who are
5. There are 3 core subjects called to stand up to talk
(English, Maths and Science) loudly are intelligent
6. When Ss finish the secondary ones
school, they can take an
examination called the General
Certificate of Secondary
Education
After you read : (8 minutes)

Ask Ss to work in groups. Tell the
others one of the most difficult Work in groups. Tell
school subjects you are studying the others one of the
and what you would like your most difficult school
friends and your teacher to do to subjects you are studying
help you learn that subject more and what you would like
effectively. your friends and your
teacher to do to help you
learn that subject more
effectively.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Ask students to do Reading
exercise of Unit 1 in workbook - Listen to the teacher
and prepare Part B : Speaking at and write down
home homework
The 20th Period

Date 19/9
Grade 12
Theme: school education system
Unit 4
Speaking
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should know school education
system in Vietnam
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students learn about school education
system
- Language: Talking about the school education system in
Vietnam.
- New words: words related to school education system
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
3. Skills: talking about school education system
III. Teaching aids: Board, chalks, textbook and notebook....
IV. Procedure:

- Ask students to keep book - Keep books close
close - Listen to the teacher
- Write on the board names of - Look at the board and try
school education system in to remember names of ten
Vietnam: University, nursery, subjects
primary school, college,
kindergarten, secondary
school. Then ask Ss to put
them in order
- Ask students to repeat
Tell Ss to understand more
about school education system
in Vietnam.
(We learn Unit 1, part-
speaking)
- Work in pairs.
Pre-speaking : (12 - Practice asking and
minutes) answering the questions
Task 1 about the school education
- Ask Ss to work in pairs. Study system in Vietnam using the
the table below then ask and information in the table.
answer the questions about
the school education system in Example:
Vietnam. A: When do the children in
- Let them work in pairs Vietnam go to primary
- Listen to students and school?
correct mistakes B: When they are 6 years
Example: old.
A: When do the children in A: How long does the
Vietnam go to primary school? primary education last?
B: When they are 6 years old. B: 5 years.
A: How long does the primary
education last?
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
B: 5 years.
While-speaking : (15 - Listen to the teacher

minutes) - Do task 2
Task 2 - Work in groups
- Teacher introduces the task - The students are called
“Work in groups. Talk about stand up and tell loudly
the school education system in
Vietnam, using the information
from Task 1”. Example:
- Guide students how to In Vietnam, children can go
practise. to Nursery school when
- Ask students to work in pairs. they are 1 to 2 and go to
- Help the students with new Kindergarten when they are
structures. from 2 to 5
- Walk around and help them.
- Call some student to stand
up and report before the class.
- Correct their mistakes
- Work in groups. Talk about
Post-speaking : (10 the similarities and
minutes) differences between the
Task 3 school system in Vietnam
-Teacher introduces the task and in England
“Work in groups. Talk about Example:
the similarities and differences There are some differences
between the school system in between the school systems
Vietnam and in England”. in Vietnam an England.
- Let them work in groups Children in Vietnam start
- Ask some students to stand primary school at the age of
up and tell loudly 6 and finis this level at 10
- Walk round and help them while those in England study
- Listen and correct mistakes at primary school from the
age of 5 to 10. Schooling is
compulsory for Vietnamese
children until the age of 1
but, in England, compulsory
education ends when
children are 16. There is
also a difference about the
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
subjects studied at schools.
On the other hand,
Vietnam and England school
systems have some
similarities. Students in both
countries have to follow the
national curriculum set by
the government. After
finishing secondary schools
they all have to take the
national examination known
Homework: (3 minutes) as GCSE
passage about similarities and
differences between the - Listen to the teacher
school system in Vietnam and - Write down the homework
in England
- Ask students to prepare Part
C- Listening and do homework

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 21st Period

Date 20/9
Grade 12
Unit 4
Listening
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should know about someone’s
background.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students talk about someone’s
background.
- Language
- New words: Words related to someone’s education.
3. Skill: Listening for gist and for specific information
IV. Procedures:
- Ask Ss some questions about - Listen to the teacher
their studies at school. - Answer the questions:
1. What school subjects are
you good at?
2. Which ones do you enjoy
most/least in your class?
Explain why.
Pre-listening: (9 minutes)
- Ask Ss to look at “Listen and
repeat”
- Read and ask students to
listen - Work in pairs
- Let students listen again and - Listen and understand
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
repeat. the meanings of those
- Write some words on board words.
and ask students to read them
aloud.
- Let they work in pairs
- Listen and correct mistakes - Read the questions
While-listening: (20 quickly.
minutes) - Listen to the listening
Task 1 (10 minutes): script.
- Ask students to read the - Answer the questions.
questions quickly. Answer:
- Guide students the requests 1. Jenny/ Gavin
of the task. 2. Gavin
- Let students listen twice. 3. Jenny
- Write on board from 1 to 6 4.
and call some students to 5. Jenny/ Gavin
come and write their answers. 6.
- Let them listen again and - Look at the task 2 and
correct. listen to the teacher
- Read the questions and
Task 2 (10 minutes): try to understand them
- Teacher introduces the task - Listen to the tape script
“Listen again and answer the - Give correct answers:
questions”. 1. When he enjoyed the
1. When did Gavin think he subjects
listed to the teacher well? 2. He found it very
2. How did Gavin find the difficult.
exams? 3. Because they were
3. Why couldn’t Gavin pass the difficult for him to do in a
exams easily? short time.
4. Why did Gavin say he didn’t 4. Because he went away
think his school days were the to boarding school when
best time of his life? he was quite young and
- Read or turn on the tape he didn’t like that. So
script again once or twice school days weren’t the
- Help students give the correct best days of his life.
answers
- Work in pairs. Talk about
the results of your current
Post-listening: (10 minutes) exams at school and what
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Teacher introduces the task you will do to prepare for
“Work in pairs. Talk about the the next exams
results of your current exams E.g. I didn’t do well in the
at school and what you will do last exam period. I was
to prepare for the next content with my math,
exams”. physics and chemistry
- Go round and help students results but my English
- Correct mistakes result wasn’t very good. I
made too many mistakes
so I barely passed it.
I think I have to spend
more time studying
English to get higher
grade in the coming
exam.
Homework: (2minutes)
- Ask students to rewrite a
passage about their school - Listen to the teacher
days in secondary school. - Write down the homework
- Ask students to prepare the
part Writing at home
The 22nd Period

Date 21/9
Grade 12
Unit 4
Writing
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students learn how to understand the
school education system in Vietnam
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students will be able to write the school
education system in Vietnam
- Language
- New words: Words relating to school education systems
3. Skill :
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
II. Method: Integrated mainly communicative
III. Teaching aids: Textbook, board markers
IV. Procedure:
Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note

s
- Ask students some questions - Work in pairs, discuss
about school education systems in and find out the answers.
Vietnam. 1- 3
1. How many levels of educations 2- Primary: 5 years/
are there in your school system? Lower secondary- 4
2. How long does it take to years/ upper secondary -
complete each level? 3 years
3. How many classes are there in
each level?
4. When do children start Grade I? - Understand the aim of
- Lead Ss to the new lesson: “write the lesson.
a paragraph on the formal
school education system in
Vietnam”
Pre-writing: (15 minutes) - Study the task carefully.

- Teacher introduces the task: In - Work in pairs to give
about 150 words, write a paragraph on
outlines
the formal school education system in
Vietnam, using the information given in
Speaking Tasks on page 47. You may
follow the suggestions below:
- Levels of education:
primary (5 years; start from the age of 6)
lower secondary (4 years)
upper secondary (3 years)
- Compulsory education: 9 years (primary
& lower secondary)
- The academic year: 35 weeks (9
months, from September to May)
- School terms: 2 terms: term 1 (Sept - 1. Topic Sentence
Dec.), term 2 (Jan. - May) The formal school system in
- Time of the national examination for Vietnam consists of two levels
GCSE (early June) of education, primary and
- Guide Ss to write. secondary education.

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
1. Topic Sentence
2. Supporting Details 2. Supporting Details
3. Closing Sentence
- Walk round the class to give Ss
assistance.
While-writing: (20 minutes) 3. Closing Sentence
- Ask Ss to write
- Call on some Ss to read out their
writing in front of the class.
- Ask Ss to exchange their writings- Use main ideas in the
for peer correction outline to write a
- Correct mistakes. paragraph on the formal
Suggested answer. school education system
The formal school system in Vietnam in Vietnam
consists of two levels of education,
primary and secondary education. The
- Exchange their writings
children start Grade/ Year 1 at the age of
6 and they normally complete the for peer correction
primary education at the age of 10. They
move to lower secondary school to study - Correct mistakes.
in Grade 6 when they are eleven years
old. They will finish nine-year compulsory
education when they complete Grade 9
at the age of 14. The children may go to
upper secondary schools if they pass all
the subjects tested at the end of Grade 9.
They will stay there until they complete
Grade 12 at the age of 17. If they want to
sit for the entrance exam to universities
or colleges they have to take the national
examination for GCSE which takes place
at the end of Mayor beginning of June.
The academic year in Vietnam runs from
September to May and is divided into two
terms. The first term ends in January with - Read the paragraph
a week holiday and the second term again
finishes in May before a long summer - Correct mistakes
holiday comes.
Post- writing: (5 minutes)
- Rewrite the paragraph
- Ask Ss to read the paragraph
at home.
again.
- Prepare the section D
- Give remarks on the writing
(The Language focus
part of Unit 4).
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Rewrite the paragraph at home.
- Prepare the section D (The
Language focus part of Unit 4).

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 23rd period
Date : 22/9
Grade 12
Unit 4
Language Focus
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students know how to pronounce and
mark the stress in three-syllable words.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students learn some information to fill in
a form
- Language:
- New words: Words related to a form
3. Skills:
- Pronunciation: Stress in three-syllable words
- Grammar: Passive voice
III. Teaching aids: Text books,
IV. Procedures:

- Write some three-syllable - Listen to teacher
words on the board, and then - Read aloud
pronounce those words aloud. - Pay attention to its
- Pay attention to its stress. stress.
- Ask Ss to read after - Understand the aim of
1. algebra the new lesson.
2. carefully
3. politics
4. physical
5. computing
6. compulsory
7. September
-How do we pronounce these
words?
- Read again these words and lead
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
to the lesson
- Today, we learn how to
pronounce three-syllable words.
I. Pronunciation
a. Give Ss some rules of word stress
in three-syllable words
- Help students how to pronounce - Listen and repeat from
those words correctly by reading 2-3 times
first as model - Some of them stand and
b. Practice: read words aloud
- Read the words first: clearly, - Practise in groups
correctly - Some groups compare
- Listen and correct their with their results and read
pronunciation if it’s needed the words in sentences
- Let students read the sentences aloud
and work in groups
- Listen and remark each group
II. Grammar: - The answers can be

a) Review some grammar various
structures: Passive voice. - Listen and give more
S + to be + past participle questions in pairs
- Give some examples - Read the sentences in
- Ask Ss to make sentences with the chorus aloud
structures.
b. Practice:
* Exercise 1: (10m’)
- Introduce the task: Fill each blank - Understand the task
with the simple present passive - Fill each blank with
form of the verb in brackets. the simple present
- Guide Ss to do passive form of the
- Ask Ss to fill each blank with the verb in brackets.
simple present passive form of the Answers:
verb in brackets. 1. is separated
- Correct mistakes. 2. is set - must be followed
3. is made up
4. is paid
5. are selected
- Introduce the task: Rewrite the
following sentences using the - Understand the task
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
passive voice. - Rewrite the following
- Guide Ss to do sentences using the
- Ask Ss to rewrite the following passive voice.
sentences using the passive voice. Answers: Exercise 2
- Correct mistakes. 1. this school was built in 1997
2. This dictionary was
published in 1870
3. A surprise party is going to
be organized by the students
in my class tomorrow morning
4. The kitchen is being painted
now.
5. “Romeo and Juliet” was
written by Shakespeare in
1605
6. Shakespeare’s tragedies
have been translated into
many languages.
7. A new primary school has
just been built in my village.
8. English will be spoken at
the conference
9. The floor hasn't been
Exercise 3. (10m’) cleaned (by Jane) yet.
- Introduce the task: Fill in the 10. The house will be
spaces of the following repainted…..
passage with the correct tense
in passive voice of the verbs in
Exercise 3
brackets. 1. Was built 2. were
- Guide Ss to do. sold
- Ask Ss to fill in the spaces of 3. has been made 4. can be
the following passage with the bought
correct tense in passive voice 5. are used. 6. can be
of the verbs in brackets. used
7. is stored 8. are
- Correct mistakes. done
Homework: (2 minutes) 9. must be told 10.can be
- Assign homework done
- Do exercise ‘part E-language
focus in work book.

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Do exercise ‘part E-
language focus’ in work
book.
The 24th period

Date : 24/ 9
Grade 12
Theme: Correct the test
I. Objectives:
After this correction students will be clearer about the test
they have just done. And have to know how to try their best for
the next test.
III. Teaching aids: board, the test paper, key for the test
IV. Procedures:

- Ask students some questions - Listen and
on the previous test understand the task

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Tell the aim of the period: - Get ready for the
correct the test lesson
I.Choose the word with underlined

part pronounced differently from
the rest (1 point ): (6 minutes)
- Repeat the question
- Get students to read the - Look at their paper
passage again carefully - Compare the
- Call some students to read resutls with the
out their answers, and the others
others give remarks if it is - Get the correct
correct or not. answers from the
- Finally read the keys out keys
aloud
II. Fill in each gap with one word
from the table, there are more
words than needed ( 2 points): (6
minutes)
- Repeat the question - Look at their paper
- Get student to read the test - Compare the
again carefully results with the
- Call some students to read others
out their answers, and the - Get the correct
others give remarks if it is answers from the
correct or not keys
- Finally read the keys out
aloud
III. Put the verbs in brackets into
the correct tenses (2 points): (6
minutes)
- Repeat the question - Look at the writing
- Get students to read the again and compare
writing again carefully it with the others
- Call some students to write - Correct the wrong
their answers on the board, sentences base on
and the others give remarks if the key
it is correct or not
aloud
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Keys:
IV. Change the following
sentences into reported speech
beginning with given words (1
- Look at the writing
point): (6 minutes) again and compare
- Repeat the question it with the others
- Show the listening script on - Correct the wrong
the board or read the passage sentences base on
again several times the key
- Get students toread the
passage again carefully
- Call some students to write
their answers on the board,
and the others give remarks if
aloud - Look at the writing
V. Read the passage carefully and
choose the correct answer ( 2
again and compare
points) (6 minutes)
it with the others
- Repeat the question - Correct the wrong
- Show the listening script on sentences base on
the board or read the passage the key
again several times
- Finally read the keys out - Listen to the
aloud teacher’s reading
VI. Write a short paragraph ( 80 carefully
words) about your family using the - Try to get the
suggestions below(2 points) (6 correct answers
minutes) - Compare with the
- Repeat the question other classmates
- Show the listening script on - Compare with the
the board or read the passage keys
again several times
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Call some students to write - Prepare Unit 5:
their answers on the board, Higher education
aloud
Prepare Unit 5: Higher
education

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Unit 5: HIGHER EDUCATION

th
The 25 period
Date: 25/9
Grade 12
Theme: HIGHER EDUCATION
Unit 5
Reading
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should know about their first
impressions of university life.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students know about higher education
- Language: verbs in past tense
- New words: Words related to higher education
3. Skills: • Vocabulary comprehension matching
• Passage comprehension
• Arranging the sequence of an event
III. Teaching aids: Student’s book and pictures showing
farmers’ daily routines, etc.
IV. Procedure:
- Ask Ss some questions: - Work in pairs, discuss
1. What are you going to do and answer the
after you finish high school? questions
2. Which university would you - Stand up and tell the
like to attend? class the answers.
3. Where will you live if you - Understand the aim of
study at a university far from the lesson: Unit 5:
your house? higher education
- Get feedback
- Lead Ss to the new lesson:
higher education

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Before you read : (7
minutes) - Work in pairs, ask and
- Ask Ss to work in pairs, ask answer the questions
and answer the following 1. Hue University
questions: 2. Hanoi University of
1. How do you say in English Architecture
the names of these universities? 3. Hanoi University of
2. What university would you Natural Science
like to apply for and why? 4. I would like to apply for
- Get feedback. Hanoi University of
- Give Ss suggested answers. Natural Science.
While you read : (23 - Read the text in

minutes) silence.
- Ask students to look through - Find out new words.
the passage and read in silence - Understand the aim of
- Help students read the the text.
passage - Do the tasks that
- Explain pronunciation and follow.
meaning of new words which
appear in the passage Task1:
Task 1 : (3 minutes) - Study the task
- Introduce the task: Complete carefully.
the following sentences, using - Choose the right word
the right forms of the words in to fill in the blanks.
the box. - Exchange their answers
- Ask Ss to complete the for peer correction.
following sentences, using the - Tell the class the
right forms of the words in the answers.
box. 1. campus
- Go around class and help Ss if 2. blamed
they need. 3. scariest
- Call on Ss to give their 4. challenges
answers. 5. amazing.
- Correct mistakes.
- Look at the task, read
the text again to give
Task 2: (4 minutes) the answers.
- Introduce the task: Find out Sarah: 1- a. attended a
who: party on the first weekend
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
a. attended a party on the first at college.
weekend at college. 2- e. was very excited
b. didn't get on very well with about going to college.
the roommate. Ellen: 3- b. didn't get on
c. was not used to meeting very well with the
different people every day at roommate.
college. 4. c. was not used to
d. liked having a chance to be meeting different people
creative. every day at college.
e. was very excited about going Brenden: 5- d. liked
to college. having a chance to be
f. enjoyed the first year at creative.
college. 6- f. enjoyed the first year
- Go around class and help Ss if at college.
they need.
- Call on Ss to give their - Understand the task.
answers. - Read the text again,
- Correct mistakes. answer the questions
Task 3: (10minutes) on the text.
- Introduce the task: Answer the 1. She went out with
following questions. her new friends,
1. What did Sarah do on the walking around the
first weekend? campus.
2. Why did Sarah feel so lonely 2. Because at the party
at the party? everyone was busy
3. What problems did Ellen have playing some games
with her roommate? and no one seemed
4. What did Brenden think to noticed her.
about his first year at college? 3. Her roommate left
5. What does the social the window open
calendar of the colleges provide when it was cold
him? outside. She went to
- Guide Ss to answer. bed early. She
- Go round the class to help Ss if blamed Ellen for
necessary. making her sick.
- Call on some Ss to give their 4. Brenden thought the
answers. first year at college
- Correct mistakes was the best and
most challenging of
his life.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
5. It provides him
plenty of
opportunities to
meet non-
engineering students
as well as other
engineers and many
Home work: (2 minutes) of them have
- Ask students to read the become his best
passage again. friends.
exercise of Unit 5 in workbook -Do Reading exercise of
and prepare Part B : Speaking Unit 5 in workbook and
at home prepare Part B : Speaking
at home
The 26th period

Date : 27/ 9
Grade 12
Theme: higher education
Unit 5
Speaking
Time: 45 minutes

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be
able to talking about the application process
to tertiary institutions in Vietnam
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students know how to talk about school;
make an interview and reporting on results
- Language: words related to higher education
3. Skill: speaking about school life of students fluently
III. Teaching aids: textbook, board, rising questions, hand-outs
IV. Procedures:

Warm-up: (2m’)
- Show Ss some - Answer the questions
documents requiring for 1. an application form
tertiary institutions and 2. an identity card
ask them what they are. 3. a reference letter
- Call on some Ss to 4. a birth certificate
answer.
- Work in groups, tick ()
Pre-speaking: (10m’) those which are obligatory
- Teacher introduces the for you to be admitted to a
task1: Below are the university in Vietnam.
admission requirements for - Stand up tell the class their
tertiary institutions in some answers.
countries. Work in groups. - Others listen and compare
Tick () those which are with their ticks.
obligatory for you to be
admitted to a university in
Vietnam.
1. an application form
2. an identity card
3. a reference letter
4. a copy of the originals of
your school certificate
5. a birth certificate
6. a copy of the record of
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
your performance at school
scores of the required
entrance examination
- Call on some Ss to tell - Understand
their answers. - Work in pairs. Ask and
- Listen and correct answer the questions about
pronunciation mistakes. the application process to
While-speaking: (20 tertiary study in Vietnam
minutes) using the cues
Task 2 - Stand up, ask and answer
- Teacher introduces the about the application process
task “Work in pairs. Ask and to tertiary study in Vietnam.
answer the questions about - Others listen and check the
the application process to pronunciation.
tertiary study in Vietnam
using the following cues”.
- Guide Ss to practice:
E.g. A- When do you fill in - Understand the task.
and send the application - Work in groups. Discuss the
form? process of applying to a
B- In March tertiary institution in
- Have Ss to ask and answer Vietnam.
in pairs. Answer: In order to be
- Go around and provide admitted to a university in
help if necessary. Vietnam, all students have to
- Correct mistakes. following the process of
Post-speaking: (10 applying. During March, they
minutes) have to fill in the application
- Teacher introduces the form and send it to the
task: Task 3. Work in university they choose in
groups. Discuss the March. After passing the
process of applying to a GCSE examination held in
tertiary institution in May, all students are able to
Vietnam. sit for the entrance
- Guide Ss to discuss the examination in July.
process of applying to a Successful candidates will be
tertiary institution in sent a letter of acceptance
Vietnam. from the university. All
- Go around and provide students have to do now is to
help if necessary. prepare all required papers to
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Correct mistakes. be officially accepted of that
university.
- Do homework.
- Prepare part C listening.
- Ask students to write
about the process of
applying to a tertiary
institution in Vietnam.

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 27th period

Date : 30/ 9
Grade 12
Unit 5
Listening
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should know about the problems
they may have when studying in a new
school
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students learn more about the problems
they may have when studying in a new school
- New words: Words related to higher education
3. Skills: - Listening and deciding on True or False statements
III. Teaching aids: Student’s book, tape and cassette player
IV. Procedure:

-Give Ss a question to discuss: - Work in pairs; discuss the
“Talk about the problems you problems they may have
may have when studying in a when studying in a new
new school.” school.
- Ask students to look at the
part: Before listening - Read loudly the words:
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Read loudly the words: Proportion; majority;
Proportion; majority; tutorial; tutorial; international;
international; available; available; appointment ;
appointment ; Agricultural; rural
Agricultural; rural; thoroughly. ;thoroughly.
- Walk round, listen and help - Understand those words.
students
- Ask students to repeat loudly
the words
- Listen and check
pronunciation
- Read the questions
While-listening: (20 quickly.
minutes) - Listen to the listening
Task 1 script.
- Introduce the task: Listen to - Answer the questions.
the conversation between
John and David and circle Answer:
the best option (A, B, C or
D) to complete the following 1-C; 2-A; 3-C; 4-A; 5-B
sentences.
questions quickly.
- Guide students the requests
of the task.
- Read the conversation twice
- call some students to give
their answers.
- Read the conversation the
third time for Ss to correct.
Key: 1-C; 2-A; 3-C; 4-A; 5-B
- Work in pairs. Ask and
After-listening: (10 answer the question:
minutes) "Would you prefer to do an
- Ask Ss to work in pairs. Ask undergraduate course
and answer the question: abroad or in your country?”
"Would you prefer to do an - Stand up and speak out.
undergraduate course abroad E.g.
or in your country?” Explain A. Would you like to do an
your choice. undergraduate course
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Guide Ss to do. abroad or in your country?
- Call some Ss to practice B. I would like to do an
asking and answering the undergraduate course in my
question. country.
E.g. A. Why?
A. Would you like to do an B. Because my English is
undergraduate course abroad not very good and I cannot
or in your country? afford tuition fees and
B. I would like to do an accommodation for studying
undergraduate course in my oversea.
country.
A. Why?
B. Because my English is not
very good and I cannot afford - Prepare the section C (The
tuition fees and Writing part of Unit 5).
accommodation for studying
oversea.
- Assign homework.
- Prepare the section C (The
Writing part of Unit 5).
The 28th period

Date : 01/10
Grade 12
Unit 5
Writing
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students learn how to write a letter of
request to UCAS to ask for the information

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
about the admission requirements to the
university
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students will be able to write a letter of
request
- New words: Words relating to higher education.
3. Skill :
IV. Procedure:
s
- Ask students some questions - Work in pairs, discuss
about how to write a letter of and find out the answers.
request. 1- 3
- Give feedback and lead Ss to 2- Primary: 5 years/
new lesson. Lower secondary- 4
years/ upper secondary -
Pre-writing: (15 minutes) 3 years
- Teacher introduces the task: You
want to apply for an undergraduate
programme in a university in - Understand the aim of
England. Write a letter of request the lesson.
(about 150 words) to UCAS to ask
for the information about the
admission requirements to the
university, using information in the
Reading and Speaking section on - Study the task carefully.
page 52 & 56. You may follow the - Work in pairs to give
outline below: outlines
- Guide Ss to write outlines. a) Introduction:
a) Introduction: - State the reasons why
- State the reasons why you are you are writing, your
writing, your interest in tertiary interest in tertiary study
study in England (mention the in England (mention the
name of the programme/the name of the
universities/ ... ) programme/the
b) Request: universities/ ... )
- State what information you would b) Request:
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
like them to provide: tuition fee, - State what information
accommodation, exams, you would like them to
Further information: provide: tuition fee,
- Say you would be happy to supply accommodation, exams,
further information about yourself Further information:
such as your English proficiency - Say you would be happy
and record of secondary education to supply further
study, ... information about
c) Conclusion: yourself such as your
- End with a polite closing. English proficiency and
- Walk round the class to give Ss record of secondary
assistance. education study, ...
c) Conclusion:
- End with a polite
closing.
- Walk round the class to
give Ss assistance.
While-writing: (20 minutes)
- Ask Ss to write - Use main ideas in the
- Call on some Ss to read out their outline to write a letter of
writing in front of the class. request (about 150
- Ask Ss to exchange their writings words) to UCAS to ask for
for peer correction the information about the
- Correct mistakes. admission requirements
Suggested answer. to the university
475/57 Le thanh Ton St. District 1 - Exchange their writings
Ho Chi Minh City for peer correction
March 15th, 2008
Dear sir/madam, - Correct mistakes.
I’ve read a lot about tertiary study
in the UK and very impressed by
the reputation of many famous
universities there. Now I am tin last
year of the high school and will
finish secondary education in 3
months. I am very much interested
in an undergraduate course in
economics in Birmingham
University. Could you please send
me some information about the
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
admission requirements, tuitions
fees, accommodation and details of - Read the letter again
the course? I am ready to supply - Correct mistakes
any information about myself if
necessary.
I look forward to hearing from you
soon.
Yours faithfully,
Hoang Thanh Nam. - Rewrite the letter at
Post- writing: (5 minutes) home.
- Ask Ss to read the letter again. - Prepare the section D
- Give remarks on the writing (The Language focus
Homework: (2 minutes) part of Unit 5).
- Rewrite the letter at home.

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 29th period

Date : 04/ 10
Grade 12
Unit 5
Language Focus
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students know how to pronounce and
mark the stress in words more than three-
syllable.
2. Knowledge:
a form
3. Skills:
- Pronunciation: Stress in words more than three-syllable
- Grammar: Conditional sentences
IV. Procedures:

- Write some more than three- - Listen to teacher
syllable words on the board, - Read aloud
and then pronounce those - Pay attention to its
words aloud. stress.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Pay attention to its stress. - Understand the aim of
- Ask Ss to read after the new lesson.
o economics - Listen and repeat from
o psychology 2-3 times
o philosophy - Some of them stand and
o engineering read words aloud
o sociology - Practise in groups
o mathematics - Some groups compare
o geographical with their results and read
o archeology the words in sentences
aloud
-How do we pronounce these
words?
- Read again these words and lead
to the lesson
- The answers can be
- Today, we learn how to
various
pronounce more than three-syllable
- Listen and give more
words.
questions in pairs
I. Pronunciation
- Read the sentences in
a. Give Ss some rules of word stress
chorus aloud
in more than three-syllable words
- Help students how to pronounce
those words correctly by reading
first as model
b. Practice:
- Read the words first: clearly,
correctly
- Listen and correct their
pronunciation if it’s needed
- Let students read the sentences
and work in groups
- Understand the task
- Listen and remark each group
Answers:
II. Grammar:
1. If you fail the GCSE
a) Review some grammar
examination, you will not
structures:
be allowed to take the
conditional sentences
entrance examination to
- Give some examples
the university.
- Ask Ss to make sentences with the
2. You won't be able to
structures.
get into the exanimation
b. Practice:
room if you are 10
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
* Exercise 1: (10m’) minutes late.
- Introduce the task: Complete the 3. If you don't send the
sentences using conditional application form on time,
sentence type I. you will not be able /
- Guide Ss to do allowed to take the
- Ask Ss to complete the sentences entrance exam.
using conditional sentence type I. 4. If you don't have a
- Correct mistakes. reference letter, you won't
be able / allowed to
submit your application
form.
5. Unless you show your
identity card you won't be
able / allowed to get into
the examination room.
- Introduce the task: Express these - Understand the task
situations using conditional - Do the exercise.
sentence type II. - Correct mistakes
- Guide Ss to do Answers:
- Ask Ss to express these situations 1. She doesn't have a car.
using conditional sentence type II. She doesn't go out in the
- Correct mistakes. evening.
If she had a car, she
would go out in the
evening.
2. Sarah doesn't study
hard. She hates school.
If Sarah liked school, she
would study hard.
3. I can't do the test. It is
too difficult.
I would/ could do the test
if it was/were not too
difficult.
4. Peter doesn't read a lot.
He can't find the time.
Peter would read a lot if
he found the time/had
more time.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
5. I can't translate this. I
don't speak Korean.
If I spoke Korean, I could
Exercise 3. (10m’) translate this.
- Introduce the task: Complete 6. They don't travel far a
the sentences with the correct lot. They are afraid of
form of the verbs in brackets. flying.
- Guide Ss to do. If they weren't afraid of
- Ask Ss to complete the flying, they would travel
sentences with the correct far a lot.
form of the verbs in brackets.
- Correct mistakes.
- Understand the task
- Do the exercise.
- Correct mistakes
Answers:
1. If John had passed the
GCSE examination, he
would have been allowed
to take the entrance
examination to the
university.
2. If you had sent the
application on time, they
might have called you for
an interview. I can't
understand why you
Homework: (2 minutes) didn't.
- Assign homework 3. If John had installed an
- Do exercise ‘part E-language alarm, the thieves
focus in work book. wouldn't have broken into
- Prepare Unit 6: FUTURE JOBS his house.
4. I would have made a
film with him if I had been
a famous director, but I
was not.
5. If you had told me
earlier I would have given
it to you.
6. We would have sent
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
you a Christmas card if we
had had your address.
- Do exercise ‘part E-
language focus’ in work
book.
- Prepare Unit 6: FUTURE
JOBS

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Unit 6 FUTURE JOBS

The 30th period
Date: 06/ 10
Grade 12
Theme: FUTURE JOBS
Unit 6
Reading
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should know about preparing
for a job interview.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students know about future jobs
- New words: Words related to future jobs
3. Skills: - Guessing meaning from context
- Reading for specific information
III. Teaching aids: Student’s book and pictures showing
farmers’ daily routines, etc.
IV. Procedure:
- Ask Ss some questions: - Work in pairs, discuss
1. Tell the class some jobs you and answer the
know? questions
2. Which job would you like to - Stand up and tell the
be in the future? Why? class the answers.
- Get feedback - Understand the aim of
- Lead Ss to the new lesson: the lesson: Unit 6:
future jobs Before you read : future jobs
(7 minutes)
- Ask Ss to work in groups. Tick
() the factors that they think - Work in groups. Tick
would help them succeed in a () the factors that
job interview. they think would help
• wearing casual clothes them succeed in a job
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
• giving clear, honest answers interview.
• feeling self-confident E.g.
• feeling nervous - avoiding difficult
• having a good sense of questions
humour - giving clear, honest
• avoiding difficult questions answers
- Get feedback. - feeling self-confident
- Give Ss suggested answers.
minutes)
- Ask students to look through - Read the text in
the passage and read in silence silence.
- Help students read the - Find out new words.
passage - Understand the aim of
- Explain pronunciation and the text.
meaning of new words which - Do the tasks that
appear in the passage follow.
Task 1 : (7 minutes)
- Introduce the task: These Task1:
words are from the passage. - Study the task
Look back to the text and circle carefully.
the best meanings A, B or C. - Choose the right option
- Ask Ss to circle the best to finish the task.
meanings A, B or C. - Exchange their answers
- Go around class and help Ss if for peer correction.
they need. - Tell the class the
- Call on Ss to give their answers.
answers. 6. B
- Correct mistakes. 7. C
8. A
9. B
Task 2: (10minutes)
- Introduce the task: Work in - Look at the task, read
pairs. Decide whether the the text again to give
following statements are true the answers.
(T) or false (F).
1. Try to reduce the feeling of
pressure and make a good - Understand the task.
impression on your interviewer. - Read the text again,
2. Find out as much information decide whether the
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
as you can about the job and statements are true (T)
the vacancy. or false (F).
3. Bring with you a letter of - Answers: 1-F; 2-T; 3-F;
application and your resumes to 4-T; 5-T; 6-F; 7-F; 8-T
the interview.
4. Take all your certificates and
letters of recommendation with
you.
5. Remember to dress neatly
and formally.
6. Your voice should be clear
and polite.
7. Tell the interviewer about
your shortcomings.
8. Remember to say goodbye to
the interviewer before leaving
the interview.
- Go around class and help Ss if
they need. - Answer the following
- Call on Ss to give their questions:
answers. 1. What do you prepare
- Correct mistakes. for a job interview?
Post reading 2. What should we do
- Introduce the task: Work in and shouldn’t do
groups. Discuss the question: before, during and
Which pieces of advice given in after an interview?
the passage do you find most
useful and least useful? Why? -
Guide Ss to answer.
- Go round the class to help Ss if -Do Reading exercise of
necessary. Unit 5 in workbook and
- Call on some Ss to give their prepare Part B : Speaking
answers. at home
- Correct mistakes
passage again.
exercise of Unit 5 in workbook
and prepare Part B : Speaking
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
at home
The 31st Period

Date: 08/ 10
Grade 12
Theme: future jobs
Unit 6
Speaking
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should know to giving opinions
about jobs
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students learn about opinions about jobs
- Language: Talking about opinions about jobs.
- New words: words related to opinions about jobs
3. Skills: talking about opinions about jobs
III. Teaching aids: pictures
IV. Procedure:

s
- Ask Ss some questions about - Listen to the
jobs: questions.
1. Would you like to work - Discuss the question.
as a teacher? - Stand up, answer the
2. What do you think questions.
about teaching job?
- Get feedback.
- Lead Ss to new lesson.
Pre-speaking : (12 minutes)
Task 1
- Introduce the task: Work in pairs.
Match a job in A with at least two - Work in pairs.
descriptions in B. - Match a job in A with at
A B least two descriptions in
- a • take care of people's B.
doctor health Example:
- a • create imaginary A: a doctor
farmer characters and events B: • take care of
- a • find good and safe people's health
tourist hotels for customers • help save people's
guide • take people to places lives
- a writer of interest - In turn, stand up and
• construct irrigation practice.
systems
• apply new farming
techniques
• help save people's

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
lives
• tell stories through
pictures
- Ask Ss to match a job in A with at

least two descriptions in B.
- Go around class and help Ss if they - Understand the task
need. - Work in pairs. Discuss
- Call on Ss to give their answers. which of the jobs in
- Correct mistakes. column A they
While-speaking : (15 minutes) would/would not like to
Task 2 do. Explain why/why
- Introduce the task: Task2. Work in not? use the cues in
pairs. Discuss which of the jobs in column B.
column A you would/would not like
to do. Explain why/why not? You can
use the cues in column B.
A B Example:
pilot boring I would like to work as a
waiter rewarding doctor. Working as a
taxi driver difficult doctor would be
electrician interesting fascinating job because
policeman fascinating I would have a chance
journalist dangerous to take care of people
hotel challengin health.
receptionist g
computer fantastic
programmer
- Guide students how to practise.
- Ask students to work in pairs.
- Help the students with new
structures.
- Walk around and help them.
- Call some student to stand up and
report before the class.
- Correct their mistakes
Example:
I would like to work as a doctor.
Working as a doctor would be
- Work in groups. Talk
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
fascinating job because I would about a job they may
have a chance to take care of do after they finish
people health. school.
Post-speaking : (10 minutes) Example: I would like to
Task 3 work as a tourist guide.
-Teacher introduces the task: It would be a
Task3. Work in groups. Talk about a challenging and
job you may do after you finish fascinating job because I
school, using the following cues. would have a chance to
• Where you will work travel all over Vietnam
• Who you will work with and meet many
• The salary you may get paid interesting people. If I
• The working conditions work for a foreign tourist
- Let them work in groups company, I can get high
- Ask some students to stand up and salary and improve my
tell loudly English speaking and
- Walk round and help them listening skills. Also, I
- Listen and correct mistakes am a sociable and
confident person and I
can work hard for a long
time so I want to work
far away from home to
know more about the
world around me.
- Assign homework. - Listen to the teacher
- Ask students to prepare Part C- - Write down the
Listening and do homework homework

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 32nd period

Date : 10/ 10
Grade 12
Theme: future jobs
Unit 6
Listening
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should know about future jobs
and recent changes in job market.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students learn more about jobs
- New words: Words related to future jobs
3. Skills: - Filling in missing information
- Deciding on True or False statements
III. Teaching aids: Student’s book, tape and cassette player
IV. Procedure:

-Give Ss a question to discuss: - Discuss and answer the
Which is the most popular questions
job in Vietnam? - E.g. Accountant nurse
- Get feedback lawyer teacher
- Lead Ss to new lesson. computer programmer….
E.g. Accountant nurse
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
lawyer teacher
computer programmer…. - Read loudly the words:
Pre-listening: (7 minutes) workforce
- Ask students to look at the manufacturing
part: Before listening retail service
- Read loudly the words: category goods job
workforce market economy
manufacturing retail wholesale
service category
goods job market economy - Understand those words.
wholesale
- Walk round, listen and help
students
the words - Read the questions
- Listen and check quickly.
pronunciation - Listen to the listening
While-listening: (20 script.
minutes) - Answer the questions.
Task 1
- Introduce the task: Task 1.
Listen to the passage and fill in
the missing words in the
boxes.
questions quickly. Answer:
- Guide students the requests 1- manufacturing
of the task. 2- service
- Call some students to give 3- transportation
their answers. 4- finance
- Read the passage the third 5- service
time for Ss to correct.
Key:
1- manufacturing
2- service
3- transportation - Read the statements
4- finance quickly.
5- service - Listen to the listening
Task 2 script.
- Introduce the task: Task 2. - Answer the questions.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Listen again and decide
whether the statements are
true (T) or false (F).
1. American workers have Answers:
changed from manufacturing 1- T 2- T 3- T 4- F 5- F
jobs to service jobs.
2. Manufacturing jobs are jobs
in which workers make
something.
3. Personal services are one of
the five service jobs.
4. 70% of workers produced
goods one hundred years ago.
5. 80% of workers will work in
the service sector by the year
2020.
- Read the passage again.
- Ask Ss to decide whether the
statements are true (T) or
false (F).
- Go round the class, give help
to Ss if they need.
- Call some Ss to give the - Work in groups.
answers. Summarize the passage
- Read the passage the last using the information in
time to check their answers. Tasks 1 and 2.
Suggested answers:
1- T 2- T 3- T 4- F 5- F
After-listening: (5 minutes)
- Work in groups. Summarize
the passage using the - Prepare the section D (The
information in Tasks 1 and 2. Writing part of Unit 5).
- Guide Ss to do.
- Call some Ss to summarize
the passage
- Assign homework.
Writing part of Unit 6).
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 33th period

Date : 12/ 10
Grade 12
Theme: future jobs
Unit 6
Writing
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students learn how to understand a
formal letter
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students will be able to write a formal
letter of job application
- Language
- New words: Words relating to job application
3. Skill :
IV. Procedure:

s
- Raise a picture of a beauty spot ( - Work in pairs, answer
Keo Pagoda in Vu Thu Thai Binh) the questions.
and ask Ss some questions: - Understand the aim of
- 1. Where is it? the lesson.
- 2. What is it famous for? - The new lesson:
- 3. Do you want to work as a “Writing a formal
tourist guide here? letter of job
- 4. What qualification do you application”
need?
- Get feedback.
- Lead Ss to the new lesson:
“Writing a formal letter of job
application”
- Teacher introduces the task: Task - Work in pairs. Read the
1. Work in pairs. Read the following following
advertisement and fill in the notes. advertisement and fill
English-speaking Tour Guides Wanted in the notes.
We are a travel company managing English-speaking Tour Guides
holiday tours. We need English- Wanted
speaking local guides to accompany We are a travel company
foreign visitors on trips throughout managing holiday tours.
Vietnam. If you have a high school We need English-speaking
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
diploma, have experience as a tour local guides to accompany
guide, a good manner, speak fluent foreign visitors on trips
English and are willing to work hard throughout Vietnam. If
for long hours, please contact: The you have a high school
Manager, Vinatour, 450 Nguyen Du diploma………….
Street, Hanoi. Telephone No: 04 824 Answers:
0139. 1. Tour guide
• Type of job: ………………… 2. high school diploma
• Level of education needed: 3. experience as a tour
…………… guide, fluent English
• Work experience: …………………… 4. a good manner,
• Character and interests: willing to work hard
for long hours
…………………
- Study the task carefully.
- Guide Ss to fill in the notes. - Work in pairs to give
- Walk round the class to give Ss outlines
assistance. - Base on the outline
While-writing: (20 minutes) write a letter to Vinatour,
- Teacher introduces the task: Task applying for the job
2 Write a letter to Vinatour, mentioned in the
applying for the job mentioned in advertisement in Task 1.
the advertisement in Task 1. Your - Exchange their writing
letter should include the following for peer correction.
details. - Read out the letter.
• Your name, address and date of - Correct mistakes.
writing Flat 3,324, Ly Thuong Kiet
• Name and address of the Street, Hanoi
company 16, October,
2004.
• Greeting
• Introduction: say where you saw Hanoi Vinatour
the advertisement and why you are 250, Nguyen Du Street, Hanoi
writing the letter of application Dear Sir or Madam,
• Body: mention your education, I am writing in reply to your
work experience and your advertisement in the Vietnam
character / interests News for experienced English-
speaking local guides to
• Conclusion: express your accompany foreign visitors on
willingness to work for the trips throughout Vietnam.
company and when you are I think I meet all of the
available for interview qualifications that you specify. I
• Closing was awarded High School
Certificate two years ago. After
- Guide Ss to write outlines.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Ask Ss to write leaving high school, I worked as
- Call on some Ss to read out their an accountant in a small travel
agency for one year, where I
writing in front of the class.
was given a training course on
- Ask Ss to exchange their writings tourism. Then I had one year of
for peer correction experience as a tour guide so I
- Correct mistakes. know many tourist areas in
Vietnam arid have a basic
Suggested answer. knowledge of Vietnamese
Post- writing: (5 minutes) culture, history and geography. I
- Ask Ss to read the letter again. speak English fluently. In
- Give remarks on the writing addition, I am a sociable and
confident person and can work
hard for long hours. I would like
to work for you and would
appreciate the opportunity to
discuss this position with you in
person.
I am looking forward to
hearing from you at your
Homework: (2 minutes) convenience.
- Rewrite the letter at home. Yours faithfully,
- Prepare the section E (The Nguyen Quoc Anh
- Rewrite the letter at

home.
- Prepare the section E
(The Language focus
part of Unit 6).

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 34th period

Date : 14/ 10
Grade 12
Theme: future jobs
Lesson 6
Language Focus
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students know how to pronounce
weak/strong forms of some conjunctions & prepositions
2. Knowledge:
a form
- Language:
3. Skills:
- Pronunciation: weak/strong forms of some conjunctions &
prepositions
- Grammar: Relative clauses
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
IV. Procedures:
- Write some words on the - Listen to teacher
board, and then pronounce - Read aloud
those words aloud. - Pay attention to its
- Pay attention to its weak/ strong forms.
weak/strong forms. - Understand the aim of
- Ask Ss to read after the new lesson.
I. Pronunciation
- Ask Ss to look at this table.
- Read the words and their weak
and strong form.
- Ask Ss to read after.
- Call some Ss to read seats
- Help students how to pronounce
those words correctly by reading
first as model
b. Practice: Practise reading these
sentences
1. What are you looking at?
2. I want to go but I don't know
when. - Listen and repeat from
3. She bought a book and two pens. 2-3 times
4. Thanks for coming. - Some of them stand and
5. Where is it from? read words aloud
6. I'm from Hanoi. - Practise in groups
7. She's the one I'm fond of. - Some groups compare
8. First of all, I want to thank you with their results and read
for coming. the words in sentences
9. The letter was to him, not from aloud
him.
10. I want to ask you a question.
- Read the words first: clearly,
correctly - The answers can be
- Listen and correct their various
pronunciation if it’s needed - Listen and give more
- Let students read the sentences questions in pairs
and work in groups - Read the sentences in
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Listen and remark each group chorus aloud
II. Grammar:
a) Review some grammar
structures: Relative clauses
Whom; who; which; - Understand the task
whoever; whose……… - Fill each blank with
- Give some examples the simple present
- Ask Ss to make sentences with the passive form of the
structures. verb in brackets.
b. Practice: Answers:
* Exercise 1: (10m’) 1. is separated
- Introduce the task: Exercise 1. 2. is set - must be followed
3. is made up
Add who, whoever, whose, whom or
4. is paid
which to complete the following 5. are selected
sentences.
- Guide Ss to do
- Ask Ss to fill each blank with who, - Understand the task
whoever, whose, whom or which. - Rewrite the following
- Correct mistakes. sentences using the
Suggested answers: passive voice.
1. whom 2. which 3. Whoever Answers: Exercise 2
4. which 5. Which 6. Who
7. Whose 8. who 9. which 10.
whom - Do exercise ‘part E-
* Exercise 2: (10m’) language focus’ in work
- Introduce the task: Exercise 2. Join book.
the following sentences in two - Prepare Unit 5: Higher
ways. education
Example:
1. Look at the man. He is teaching in the 1. I read a book that was
classroom. written by a friend of
a) Look at the man who is teaching in the
mine.
classroom.
b) Look at the man teaching in the - I read a book written by
classroom. a friend of mine.
- Guide Ss to do 2. A man who was
- Ask Ss to rewrite the following carrying a lot of money in
sentences using the passive voice. a box got on the bus.
- Correct mistakes. - A man carrying a lot of
1. I read a book that was written by money in a box got on the
bus.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
a friend of mine. 3. In the street there were
- I read a book written by a friend of several people who were
mine. waiting for the shop to
2. A man who was carrying a lot of open.
money in a box got on the bus. - In the street there were
- A man carrying a lot of money in a several people waiting for
box got on the bus. the shop to open.
3. In the street there were several 4. Britain imports many
people who were waiting for the cars which that were
shop to open. made in Japan.
- In the street there were several - Britain imports many
people waiting for the shop to open. cars made in Japan.
4. Britain imports many cars which 5. There are a lot of
that were made in Japan. people in your office who
- Britain imports many cars made in want to talk to you.
Japan. - There are a lot of people
5. There are a lot of people in your in your office wanting to
office who want to talk to you. talk to you.
- There are a lot of people in your 6. The cowboy who had
office wanting to talk to you. been wounded by an
6. The cowboy who had been arrow fell off his horse.
wounded by an arrow fell off his - The cowboy wounded by
horse. an arrow fell off ms horse.
- The cowboy wounded by an arrow 7. Most of the people who
fell off ms horse. were injured in the crash
7. Most of the people who were recovered quickly.
injured in the crash recovered - Most of the people
quickly. injured in the crash
- Most of the people injured in the recovered quickly.
crash recovered quickly. 8. John, who wished he
8. John, who wished he hadn't come hadn't come to the party,
to the party, looked anxiously at his looked anxiously at his
watch. watch.
- John, wishing he hadn't come to - John, wishing he hadn't
the party, looked anxiously at his come to the party, looked
watch. anxiously at his watch.
9. The children who were playing 9. The children who were
football in the schoolyard were my playing football in the
students. schoolyard were my
- The children playing football in the students.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
schoolyard were my students. - The children playing
10. Vietnam exports a lot of rice football in the schoolyard
which is grown mainly in the south were my students.
of the country. 10. Vietnam exports a lot
- Vietnam exports a lot of rice of rice which is grown
grown mainly in the south of the mainly in the south of the
country. country.
- Vietnam exports a lot of
rice grown mainly in the
south of the country.
- Assign homework
- Do exercise ‘part E-language
focus in work book.

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 35th period

Date : 16/ 10
Grade 12
Test yourself B
I. Objectives: After this lesson, students will be able to:

listening, writing.
- Improve their knowledge through the test yourself.
II. Method: Integrated, mainly communicative.
II. Teaching aids: Textbook, tape, cassetteplayer, board,
hand-outs…
IV. Procedures:

about the test yourself B questions
home?
Test yourself

- Present the task: Listen and task
complete the table below - understand the
- Tell students the topic of the task

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
table - Listen to the tape
- Get students to look through carefully
the table - Fill in the blanks
- Explain the meaning of new with the words
words they’ve just heard
- After that turn on the tape of - Correct mistakes
the passage aloud twice
- Let students fill in the blanks Keys:
with the words they have just 1. sorts of things,
heard 2. learn at all,
- Go round the class to control 3. things for themselves,
the work 4. make them go,
- Then turn on the tape of the 5. a certain age.
passage the last time for
students to check their results
- Correct mistakes
- Look at the
textbook and listen
II. Reading (2.5 points) (10 to the teacher then
minutes) read the passage
- Present the task: Read the and fill in each blank
passgae and fill in each blank with a suitable word
with a suitable word from the from the box.
box. - Work in groups to
- Get students to work in discuss about the
groups, discuss about the passage
passage - Finish the task
- Go round the class to control - Compare their
the discussion results with the
- State the best option other groups, and
- Correct mistakes correct.
Keys:
1. Final 6.Qualification
2. requirements 7.Grader
3. when 8.Equivalent
4. courses. 9. Count
5. subjects 10. Who
- Listen to the
teacher
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Work in groups to
complete the
III. Grammar(2.5 points) (8 sentences
minutes) - Compare the
- Recall the grammar. results with the
- Giude students how to do other groups
- Give them some newwords: - Correct mistakes
- Do the first as an example. Keys:
- Ask students to to the exercise. 1. The widows have been
- Call the to to on board. cleaned
- Go round the class to control 2. A super market is
the set’s activities going to built
- State the keys 3. Lan is said to have
- Correct mistakes won ....
4. If you listen carefully,
you will know what to do
5. If I had a car, I would
6. If we had brought a
city map, we wouldn’t
have ........
- Listen to the
teacher carefully.
IV. Writing(2.5 points) (7 - Work in groups or
minutes) in pairs then write.
- Giude students how to write - Compare the
- Give students some models and results with the
structures to writes.. other groups.
- Ask students to write. Dear .........
- Call the to to on board. - Correct mistakes
- Go round the class to control
the students’ activities - Study all the
- Correct mistakes lessons again
Homework (5 minutes) - Get the knowledge
- Ask students: ready for the
+ to study all the lessons coming test
again
+ to get ready for the 45
minute-test in the next period

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 36th period

Date : 18/ 10/ 2008
Test 2
Grade: 12
Time limit: 45 minutes
45 minute test 1
Full name :…………………………………….
Class : ……………
Circle the best opitions to complete the following passage :

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Henry is probably the luckiest person I know. He is one of those rare
people (1)……….job I would really like to have myself. Henry, who had
always been interested (2)……….both science and animals, wanted to
be a vet, and we were both students(3)………..university at the same
time. When his course finished, he went to Aberdeen, where he looked
after domestic animals (4)……..as cats and dogs. In addition, he is
charge (5)……..a special program to protect species which are in danger
of extinction.
1A.who B.his C.who his D.whose
2A.in B.at C.of D.for
3A.of B.at C.studying D.on
4A.like B.same C.such D.just
5A.of B.with C.for D.at
Choose the sentence that has the same meaning with the given
sentence :
6.My father stopped smoking two years ago.
A. My father stopped smoking for two years.
B.My father has stopped smoking two years ago.
C.My father has stopped smoking two for years ago.
D.My father has stopped smoking for two years
7. He wore glasses and a false beard so that ____.
A. anyone can recognize him C. no one can recognize
him
B. no one could recognize him D. no one couldn’t
recognize him
8.As soon as he waved his hand, she turned away.
A.He saw her turn away and he waved his hand.
B.No sooner had he waved his hand than she turned away.
C.She turned away because he waved his hand too early.
D.Although she turned away, he waved his hand.
9.”Don’t put your feet on the chair,” my mother said
A.My mother said to me not to put your feet on the chair.
B.My mother told me not to put my feet on the chair.
C.My mother told me I did not put my feet on the chair.
D.My mothey told me that I should put my feet on the chair.
10.I might go camping. My friends have invited me.
A.My friends have invited me to go camping.
B.My friends have invited me go camping.
C.My friends have invited me going camping.
D.My friends have invited me that I might go camping.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Choose the word that pronounced differently from the others :
11A.laughs B.photographs C.machines
D.parents
12A.planted B.liked C.needed
D.wanted
13.A.humor B.honest C.human
D.horror
14A.language B.success C.private
D.property
15A.escape B.replace C.involve
D.country
Choose the best answer :
16.Everything is going well.We………….any problem so far.
A.didn’t have B.haven’t had C.hadn’t had
D.wasn’t having
17.Look ! That man overthere…………..the same sweater as you.
A.wears B.to wear C.is wearing
D.was wearing
18.Lisa………..to work yesterday. She wasn’t feeling well.
A.didn’t go B.hasn’t gone C.hadn’t gone D.hadn’t
go
19.Most of the guests………by the time we arrived at the reception.
A.had left B.were left C.would left
D.have left
20.When she returned home from work, she……….a bath.
A.takes B.took C.has taken
D.was taking
21.Did he tell you…………..?
A.where could we meet him. B.we would be able to meet him
where.
C.where would be able to meet him. D.where we would meet
him.
22.If Tan Son Nhat Airport………..clear of fog we will land there.
A.is B.was C.will be D.could be
23.Kate is a very…………girl. She can make friends easily even though
she is in a strange place.
A.shy B.unfriendly C.socible D.reticent
24.You…………..better take off your wet shoes.
A.should B.would C.had D.could
25.Elvis Presley…………..in 1997.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
A.dies B.died C.is died D.was
died
26.His short stories,………..usually had unhappy endings, were
collected and published.
A.who B.which C.whom D.that
27.His achivements were partly due to the………..of his wife.
A.assis B.assisted C.assistant D.assistance
28.Tommy………..for all the trouble had caused to us.
A.complimented B.apologized C.excused D.complained
29.There was a wealth of…………….evidence.
A.supportive B.support C.supported
D.supporting
30.My sister……………for you since yesterday.
A.is looking B.was looking C.has been looking D.looked
31.English is an important...........that is required in several national
examination.
A.language B.test C.evaluation D.subject
32.Bicycles................in the driway.
A.must not leave B.must be leaving C.must not left D.must not be
left
33.............................yet ?
A.Have the letters been typed B.Have been the letters
typed
C.Have the letters typed D.Had the letters typed
34.If I............ten years younger, I would apply for the job.
A.am B.was C.were D.had
been
35.Ms Young, to.............many of her students are writing, is living
happily in Canada.
A.who B.whom C.that
D.whose
36.I would like to know the reason...............he decided to quit the job.
A.why B.which C.that
D.when
37.I have just called.................a job interview, I am so nervous.
A.for B.in C.over D.with
38...............................if a war happened ?
A.What you would do B.What would you do
C.What will you do D.What you will do
39.If she................the train last night, she.................here now.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
A.took / were B.takes / will C.had taken / would have
been D.had taken / would be
40.Paul is so smart. He graduated...........the university in just three
years.
A.of B.at C.from D.to
UNIT 7: economic reforms

The 37th period
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Date : 20/ 10/ 2008
Grade 12
Theme: economic reforms
Unit 7
Reading
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
- Students read and guess the meaning of words in
contexts.
- They read and answer questions about the texts.
- They practice scanning for specific information in the
texts.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: The changes brought about by the
economic reforms.
- Language: Common knowledge of education, healthcare,
agriculture,…
- New words: Words related to the topic (economic, medical
and agricultural terms).
3. Skills:
- Guessing meaning in context, scanning for specific
information and passage comprehension.
II. Method:
- Integrated, mainly communicative.
III. Teaching aids:
-Picture, board, chalks, textbook, handouts,…
IV. Procedure:

Aims: to introduce the topic of - now: beautiful
the lesson and to raise buildings, good
students' interest. facilities,..
- Tell the class the the past: ….
differences between schools now: tractors,
(hospitals, houses) now and motorbikes, …
the past ten years. past: human’s force
- How do farmers transport or animal’s force.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
their farming products now - the development
and how did they do ten years of economic.
ago?
- What make all of these - Things seen: a
changes? village, farmers, a
Before you read : (7 buffalo, some huts,…
minutes) A poor village, of
- Ask students (to work in course the farmers
pairs) to open their books, look lead a poor life.
at the pictures, and do the Build a new road,
tasks that follow. change the cultivation
+ What can you see..? methods, …
+ Do you think…?
+ What, in your opinion,
should…?
- Ask them to work in 3 - Listen to the teacher
minutes, meanwhile the then read the
teacher moves round to help if passages
necessary. - Ask some new words
- Ask some pairs to report . if necessary
- Give some remark if
necessary
While you read : (23 - Read through the
minutes) text find the new
- Ask students to look through words, try to guess
the passage and read in the meanings of those
silence words in contexts:
- Help students read the + National
passage Congresses: §¹i héi
- Explain pronunciation and toµn quèc
meaning of new words which + renovation (n): ®æi
appear in the passage míi
Task 1 : (3 minutes) + under-developed
- Ask students to read through (pp):¸chËm ph¸t triÓn
the text once to find out some + inflation (n): l¹m
new words, guess the main ph¸t
idea. + stagnant (adj): tr×
- Explain new words (give the trÖ
Vietnamese equivalents), + government
guide the sts to get the main subsidies (n): sù bao
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
contents of the reading text. cÊp cña
- Ask students to work chÝnh phñ
individually in 3 minutes to do + government
this task. commitment (n): cam
- Guide students to read kÕt cña
through the passage , then chÝnh phñ
focus on only the sentences + dissolve (v): tan r·
surrounding the suggested + substantial (adj): lín
words to do the task lao, ®¸ng kÓ
effectively. - Get the meaning of
- Give students some more some more words:
words that may be new/ + eliminate (v):….
unfamiliar to them. + intervention (n):…..
- Guide the students to read + Vietnamese
the word in chorus and Communist Party
individually. + measure (n):……
+ promote (v):…..
+ economic reforms
(n):…..
+ Land Law
+ Enterprise Law
- Work individually to
read the text then
choose whether the
statements given are
true (T) or false (F).
- Share the key with
Task 2: (4 minutes) other sts.
- Ask students to read the 1. F 2. F 3. T
passage again and choose 4. F 5. T
whether the statements given - Find in the text the
are true (T) or false (F). evidence to prove the
- Ask them to work individually keys.
to do the task and give the
evidence to prove the keys. - Do the task in pairs:
- Move round to make sure A: When and by
that all students are working whom was …?
and to help them if necessary. B: in 1986 by the
- Ask some students to report Vietnamese
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
and give feedback. Communist Party
Task 3: (6 minutes) A: What was the
- Ask students to read the aim…?
passage again then work in B: to restructure the
pairs to ask and answer the economy of Vietnam,
suggested questions. to
- Walk round the class to give Raise the living
help if necessary. standard of the
people.
A: Name the
renovation
measures…?
B: eliminated
government
subsidies.
shifted economic
priority…..of export.
reduced state
intervention in
- Give suggested words, business.
phrases or useful suggestions. open trade
relation…..the world.
- Correct the students’ work. encourage
foreign……
investment.
A: How has Vietnam
changed…?
B: productivity and
agricultural export…
farmers have
enjoyed…..
workers have
worked harder.
children, especially
from …, … training.
A: What do we
believe?
B: We believe that
After you read : (8 minutes) with the …..
- Ask students to work in group
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
to scan the text again. VN before DM:
- Ask them to work in small economy under-
groups of three or four to talkdeveloped – country
about the text based on the and poor people –
suggested points. production stagnant –
- Encourage them to use their shortage of schools,
own words. hospitals – inflation.
- Ask one or two pairs to Renovation measures:
report. eliminated
government subsidies
- shifted economic
priority…..of export -
reduced state
intervention in
business - open
trade relation…..the
world - encourage
foreign……
investment.
VN since DM:
productivity and
agricultural export
-farmers have
enjoyed…..-
Home work: (2 minutes) workers have worked
- Write a passage to say what harder.
changes you’ve seen in your children, especially
village since the year 1986. from …, … training.
compare to the past.
- Write down the
homework to do at
home.
The 38th Period

Date: 22/ 10/ 2008
Grade 12
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Unit 7
Speaking
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
- Students work in pairs to describe the pictures.
- Students talk about measures and effects of the economic
reforms in Fantasia.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Economic reforms.
- Language: + The way to make suggestions or predictions.
+ The tenses.
- New words: words related to economic reforms.

3. Skills:
- Discribing details in pictures.
- Talking about changes the new economic reform has brought
about.
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
- Pictures, board, chalks, textbook, handouts.
IV. Procedure:

activities
Tell a short story to prove that Listen and give
the renovation measures has one’s own ideas or
apparently changed the social story if being asked.
and people’s lives positively.
Task 1
- Explain the requirements - Work in pairs to
clearly in English “in your discus the three
textbook, there are four questions and find
pictures. Now, what I would the answers.
like you to do is to look at A: What does each
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
them carefully and say what pair of picture tell
they are about” you?
- Ask students to work in pairs B: It tells us the
to discus the three questions contrast between
and find the answers. the present
- Correct the students’ work and past
and give remark. situations.
A: What changes
can you see in each
pair of…?
B: The new school
and factory are
much bigger
and more
beautiful than the
old ones.
A: What do you
think …..to achieve
While-speaking : (15 these…?
minutes) B: They must have
Task 2 taken some
- Explain the requirements renovation
“The country of Fantasia measures.
started its overall reforms…”. - Correct the
- Divide the class into groups, answers oneself.
asks each group to discus a
section: Education Group 1: Education
Health care S1: The government
Agriculture of Fantasia has
- Guide the students how to changed the
speak by giving them useful curriculum and
suggestions: textbooks.
+ They have………… so …….. S2: They also
+ Due to the ……… provided schools
+ Thanks to the……….. with more
+ By applying………. equipment and
- Walk round from group to facilities.
group to give help if S3: They build more
necessary. schools and raised
- Encourage students to speak the teachers’
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
out what they think even a salaries.
phrase or a singular word. S1: It is obvious that
they……
Group 2: Health
care
S1: Many hospitals
have been built as
well as the doctors’
and nurses’ salaries
have been raised.
S2: Due to the
government’s
policy, many more
highly qualified
doctors have
worked to improve
the people’s health.
Group 3: Agriculture
S1: Fantasia has
applied appropriate
policy to encourage
farmers to work
more efficiently,
and they have built
more dykes and
Post-speaking : (10 minutes) damps, irrigation
Task 3 and drainage
- Ask students to work systems.
individually to summarize what S2: They’ve also
they’ve discussed in their own applied new and
words. advanced farming
- Move round to check the techniques, more
activities and to make sure facilities and
that students are working equipment.
effectively. S3: They use
- Ask one or two students to fertilizers,
report in front of the whole pesticides and
class. insecticides to
- Check and give remarks. protect their crops.

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
S1: The government
of Fantasia has
changed the
curriculum and
textbooks. They
also provided
schools with more
equipment and
facilities. They build
more schools and
raised the teachers’
salaries…
S2: Fantasia has
applied appropriate
policy to encourage
farmers to work
Homework: (3 minutes) more efficiently,
Name some measures we’ve and they have built
made to promote our more dykes and
economic system. damps, irrigation
and drainage
systems. They’ve
also applied new
and advanced
farming techniques,
more facilities and
equipment. They
use fertilizers,
pesticides and
insecticides to
protect their crops.
- Listen to the
teacher.
- Write down the
homework to do at
home.

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 39th period

Date : 25/ 10/ 2008
Grade 12
Unit 7
Listening
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
-Students know the harm of taking drug.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Listen for specific information.
- Language: The present simple tense.
- New words: Words related to to the topic.
3. Skills: - Listening and deciding on True or False statements.
- Listening comprehension
II. Method:
- Intergrated, mainly communicative.
III. Teaching aids:
- Tape, cassetteplayer, board, chalks, textbook.
IV. Procedure:

activities
- A story about an addictor. - Listen to the
teacher.
Before you listen: (7
minutes)
- Work in pairs:
to ask and answer the given S1: Should drug-
questions. taking be banned?
- Guide the students to answerS2: Yes, because it
if necessary. brings the users
- Give further information. many harm on not
only their physical
but also mental
- Explain the words that will health.
appear in the listening text. S1: Drug-taking is
- Ask students to read in totally a social evil.
chorus then individually. - Listen and repeat:
Tango
discourage
Drug-taker
rationally
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Ruin
solution
Unfortunately
measures
While you listen: (20 islanders
minutes)
Task 1: - Read the
Ask students to read the statement once to
statement at least once first. get the main
Ask them to guess the answers contents.
Play the tape once then check Listen to the tape
how many answers canand do the task.
students find. Find evidences to
Play the tape again. each of the answers.
Check and give remarks. Represent if being
Call some students to say out asked.
their answers and the
Keys: 1. F, 2.F, 3.
evidences they get to prove T, 4. T, 5. F, 6. F,
their answers. 7. T, 8. T, 9.
F
- Listen to the
teacher’s
Task 2: explanation then
- Ask them to guess the correct the answers
answers. onself.
Play the tape once then check
how many answers can - Read the
students find. questions once to
Play the tape again. get the main
Check and give remarks. contents.
- Call some students to say Listen to the tape
out their answers and the and do the task.
evidences they get to prove Find evidences to
their answers each of the answers.
Represent if being
asked.
1. They discovered
a plant containing a
powerful drug.
2. They grew it all
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
over the island.
3. The negative
effects: people
become lazy –
children did not go
to school – the
shortage of food.
4. Measures:
introduced a law to
make the drug
illegal – put drug-
takers into prison –
export the drug to
After you listen: (10 other countries.
minutes) - Listen to the
- In group, ask students to teacher’s
discus the guided question, explanation then
find the answer. correct the answers
- Move around to help if oneself.
necessary.
- Give remarks or even - In groups, ask and
suggestions. answer the
question.
S1: Do you think
that the
Government of
Tango……?
S2: I don’t agree
with that solution
because when they
export the drug to
other countries the
other peoples will
suffer from the
Homework: (3 minutes) drug-taking
- Imagine you are an MP of problems, and other
Tango what would you do to government will
solve the problem. face the same
problems as theirs.
- Listen to the
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
teacher’s guide to
correct oneself.
-Listen to the
teacher and write
down homework to
do at home.
The 40th period

Date: 27/ 10/ 2008
Grade 12
Unit 7
Writing
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
- Writing a report based on given information.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Writing a report on the economic
development.
- Language: +The tenses.
+ Connectors (time expressions)
- New words: Words related to economic reforms.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
3. Skills:
- Writing a report.
II. Method:
- Intergrated, mainly communicative
III. Teaching aids:
- A picture, board, chalks, textbook.
IV. Procedure:

activities
- Free talk about the changes Do as required.
in one’s home village during Exchange the ideas
the renovation process. with others.
- Explain as clearly as possible Listen to the
the requirements “The table teacher.
below presents the results the Get the task.
Government…..”.
- Give clear task to students.

Task 1
Ask students to look at Task 1.
In pairs, ask students to ask Work in pairs to do
and answer the questions. the task.
Move around to give help. S1: What was the
Check and give remarks. economic situation
in Tango before
1980?
S2: It was really
bad. The country
was under-
developed.
S1: What can you
say about the
economic situation
in Tango from 1980
to 200?
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
S2: Many positive
changes has made.
The economic
situation in 2000 is
much better than
the one in 1980.
S1: What do you
think the ….?
Task 2 S: They have taken
- Explain the requirements: positive
Writing a report. measures….
+ The economic situation of Listen to the
Tango before 1980. teacher to correct
+ The measures taken by the oneself.
Government and the people of
Tango overcome the problems. Work in groups to
+ The achievement ( as do the task.
presented in the table) they The Government
have made as a result of the and the people of
reform. Tango started their
- Ask students to work in overall economic
groups to write report. reform in the mid
- Walk round to give help if 1970s. Before that
necessary. time the economy
of the country was
in ruins………. . The
Government of
Tango has taken a
lot of measures in
order to promote
the national
economy such
as……. . Despite all
difficulties, the
people of Tango
….. . After all, they
have received
greater and greater
achievements….
Post-writing: (10 minutes) Compare the result
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Ask some groups to to the other groups.
represent their work, ask other Listen to the
to give remark. teacher’s
- Choose some good writing to explanations.
read in class and give remark. Exchange the
writing to other
groups to check and
give remarks.
- Represent the
task on board if
being asked.
Read the writing to
get others’ remarks.
The Government
and the people of
Tango started their
overall economic
reform in the mid
1970s. Before that
time the economy
of the country was
in ruins………. . The
Government of
Homework: (2 minutes) Tango has taken a
- Ask students to rewrite the lot of measures in
task at home and preapare order to promote
part Language Focus at home. the national
economy such
as……. . Despite all
difficulties, the
people of Tango
….. . After all, they
have received
greater and greater
achievements….
Do as the teacher
asked.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Listen to the
teacher and write
down homework.
The 41st period

Date: 30/ 10/ 2008
Grade 12
Unit 7
Language Focus
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
- Strong form and weak form of auxiliaries. Adverbial
clauses.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Combining the sentences.
- Language: Know how to use although, even though…
- New words: Words related to the exercises
3. Skills:
- Writing sentences with adverbial clauses of concession.
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
- Board, cassetteplayer, chalks, textbook and notebook.
IV. Procedure:

activities
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
1. warm up: (5 minutes)
- Introduce the lesson to the - Listen to the
students. teacher.
2. Pronunciation: ( 15
minutes) Get the teacher’s
- Explain the way to use strong explanation.
form (emphasis, positive, Can /kæn/ (str)
stressed cases ), weak form /kən/ (w)
(interrogative, unstressed Could /kud/
cases) Must /mΛ st/ (str)
- Help students to know the /məst/ (w)
pronunciation. Have /hæv/
- Practice: Has /hæs/
A: Can you speak English? Do /du/
B: Yes, I can. Does /dΛ z/
A: Must we go now? Is /iz/
B: I think we must. Am / æ m/
A: Have you met Quang? Will /wil/
B: Yes, I have Shall /∫æl/
A: Has she gone? Practice reading in
B: Yes, she has. chorus or
A: Shall we go now? individually.
B: I think we ought to.
A: Will you come tomorrow?
B: Yes, I will.
A: Do you really have time for
it?
B: Yes, I do.
3. Grammar and Exercise1:
vocabulary: ( 23 minutes) Although it rained a
- Explain once again the lot, we enjoyed our
“Clause of concession”. vacation.
Though Although we had
Although S + V, S + V planned everything
Even though carefully, a lot of
Guide the students how to do things went wrong.
the exercises. Even though/
Divide the class into groups, Although the doctor
ask them to do the exercises. has advised him to
- Walk round to give help if quit, Bob (still)….
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
necessary. Although it was cold
Correct the students’ work if and rainy, we
necessary. managed to go to
class in time.
Although Luong has
studied English only
for six months, he
can …….
I didn’t go to bed
early although I was
…
Exercise 2:
Although I was very
tired
Although I had
never seen her
before
although it was
pretty cold
although we don’t
like them very much
Although I didn’t
speak the language
Although the heat
was on
although I’d met her
twice before
although we have
known ……..
Exercise 2:
we forget many
things
they were very
4. Homework: (2 minutes) happy
- Ask students to revise the he could speak/
strong form and weak form of read the language…
auxiliaries, the use of clause of Although he had
concession, redo all the revised
exercises and prepare to everything…
correct the second test at it is pretty cold/
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
home. there hasn’t been….
- Listen to the
teacher and write
down homework to
do at home
The 42nd period

Date : 02/ 11/ 2008
Grade 12

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
I. Objectives:
the next test.
IV. Procedures:

I. Circle the best opitions to
complete the following passage :
(6 minutes)
- Get students to read the
passage again carefully - Look at their paper
- Call some students to read - Compare the
out their answers, and the resutls with the
others give remarks if it is others
correct or not. - Get the correct
- Finally read the keys out answers from the
aloud keys
II. Choose the sentence that has
the same meaning with the given
sentence: (10 minutes)
- Get student to read the test
again carefully - Look at their paper
out their answers, and the results with the
correct or not - Get the correct
aloud keys
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
III. Choose the word that
pronounced differently from the
others: (8 minutes)
writing again carefully - Look at the writing
- Call some students to write again and compare
their answers on the board, it with the others
and the others give remarks if - Correct the wrong
it is correct or not sentences base on
- Finally read the keys out the key
aloud
Keys:
IV. Choose the best answer: (10
minutes)
- Show the listening script on
the board or read the passage - Look at the writing
again several times again and compare
- Get students toread the it with the others
passage again carefully - Correct the wrong
- Call some students to write sentences base on
their answers on the board, the key
aloud
- Prepare UNIT 8:
Homework: (4 minutes) life in the future
Prepare UNIT 8: life in the
future

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
UNIT 8: life in the future
The 43rd period

Date : 10/ 11/ 2008
Grade 12
Theme: life in the future
Unit 8
Reading
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
contexts.
- They read and decide on True or False statements.
- They note taking and comprehend the passage.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: The changes of the life in the future.
- Language: Common knowledge of the life and the
environment….
- New words: Words related to the life and the economic,
environment…
3. Skills:
- Guessing meaning in context, deciding on true or false and
passage comprehension.
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
IV. Procedure:

Aims: to introduce the topic of - Listen to teacher.
the lesson and to raise
students' interest.
- Introduce the new lesson to the
students.
Before you read : (7 - Look at the picture,
minutes) listen to the teacher
- Ask students to look at the picture then ask and answer
ask and answer the questions. the questions in the
book.
- Work in pairs.
While you read : (23 - Listen to the teacher

minutes) then read the
- Ask students to look through passages
the passage and read in - Ask some new words
silence if necessary
- Help students read the
passage
- Explain pronunciation and - Work individually to
meaning of new words which read the text then
appear in the passage choose the the words
Task 1 : (3 minutes) and phrases in the
- Ask students to read through passage:
the text once to find out some - Share the key with
new words, guess the main other students:
idea. Keys
- Explain new words (give the 1. Pessimists
Vietnamese equivalents), 2. optimists
guide the sts to get the main 3. economic depression
contents of the reading text. 4. terroism
- Ask students to work 5. wiped out
individually in 3 minutes to do 6. Space shuttle
this task.
- Guide students to read
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
through the passage , then
focus on only the sentences
surrounding the suggested
words to do the task
effectively. - Listen to the teacher
- Give students some more then do the task.
words that may be new/ - Works in pais:
unfamiliar to them. Keys:
- Guide the students to read 1 - Many large
the word in chorus and corporations will be
individually. wiped out and
millions of jobs will be
Task 2: (4 minutes) lost.
- Ask students to read the 2 - The security of the
passage again then work in earth will be
pairs to ask and answer the threatened by
suggested questions. terrosist groups will
- Walk round the class to give become more
help if necessary. powerful and more
dangerous.
3 - People will be
- Give suggested words, living in much cleaner
phrases or useful suggestions. environment,
breathing fresher air
- Correct the students’ work. anf being looked after
by …….
4 - They are
developments in
micro technology–
coputer and
telecommunication.
- Work individually to
read the text then
choose the the words
Task 3: (6 minutes) and phrases in the
- Ask students to read the questions passage:
carefully. - Share the key with
- Ask students to read through the other students:
passage again. Keys:
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Ask the class to do . - Work: Factories,
- Call some students to give the offices….
answers. - Travel: Cars, space-
- Ask others students to correct. shuttle, petrol, ….
- Give the true answers
then do the task.
After you read : (8 minutes) - Some students
- Ask students to work in group stand up to report
to scan the text again. their discussions.
- Ask them to work in small - Work in groups
groups of three or four to
discuss the Advantages and
disadvantages of Robots
- Encourage them to use their
own words.
- Ask some students to report. - Listen to the teacher
Home work: (2 minutes) - Write down the
- Review the reading and homework to do at
prepare the speaking at home. home.
The 44th Period

Date: 15/ 11/ 2008
Grade 12
Unit 8
Speaking
Time: 45 minutes
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
- Talking about the life in the future.
- Discussing predictions about life in the future….
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: The life in the future.
- Language: + The way to make the life better in the future.
+ The tenses.
- New words: words related to the life in the future.

3. Skills:
- Discussing predictions about life in the future.
- Talking about changes the life in the future.
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
- Board, chalks, textbook, handouts.
IV. Procedure:

activities
Tell a short story to prove that Listen and give
the renovation measures has one’s own ideas or
apparently changed the social story if being asked.
and people’s lives positively.

Task 1
- Guide students how to practise. - Pair work.
- Ask students to work individual. - Practice
- Walk around and help them. answering the
- Call students to say. toppic:
- Correct their mistakes. By the end of the
21st, chinese
astronaunts ……
………
By the end of the
21st, a new moon
city will have been
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
While-speaking : (15 opened….
minutes) ……………
Task 2
- Guide students how to practise.
- Help the students with new - Listen to the
structures. teacher then
- Walk around and help them. practise.
- Call some student to stand up and - Workin pairs.
report before the class. Ex:
- Correct their mistakes. I think it is likely
that by the end of
the 21st century
…………
In my opion, it is
Post-speaking : (10 minutes) unlikely that by the
Task 3 end of the 21st
- Guide students how to practise. century …………
- Ask students to work in gruops ……………………
- Call some pairs of student to stand up
and practise.
- Correct their mistakes. - Free practices
- The students who
are called stand up
Homework: (3 minutes) to talk to the class
- Ask the students to prepare about their ideas.
the listening at home.
- Listen to the
teacher.
- Write down the
homework to do at
home.

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 45th period

Date : 22/ 11/ 2008
Grade 12
Unit 8
Listening
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
- Listening, mastering the content of the tape.
- Doing the tasks fluently (true or false statements and the
details).
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: By the end of the lesson ,students will
be able to understand how to make the life
better and longer in the future.
- Language: The present simple tense and the simple future
tense.
- Listening for details.
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
IV. Procedure:

activities
- A story about age. - Listen to the
teacher.
Before-listening: (7 minutes)
Before you listen:
- Ask students to look at the Before you listen:
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
book and answer the question - Look at the book.
in the book. - Listen to the
- Let them work in pairs. teacher.
- Listen and correct for them. - Ask and answer
the question in the
Listen and repeat book.
- Turn on the tape and ask - Work in pairs.
students to listen
- Let students listen again and - Listen and repeat.
repeat. - Preactise in pairs
- Write some words on board - Read the new
and ask students to read them words aloud in
aloud. chorus then in
- Correct. devidual.
While-listening: (20 minutes)
Task 1:
Ask students to read the
statement at least once first.
Ask them to guess the answers
Play the tape once then check - Read the
how many answers can statement once to
students find. get the main
Play the tape again. contents.
Check and give remarks. Listen to the tape
Call some students to say out and do the task.
their answers and the Find evidences to
evidences they get to prove each of the answers.
their answers. Represent if being
asked.
Keys: 1. F, 2.F, 3.
F, 4. T, 5. T.
- Listen to the
Task 2: teacher’s
- Ask them to guess the explanation then
answers. correct the answers
Play the tape once then check onself.
how many answers can
students find. - Read the
Play the tape again. questions once to
Check and give remarks. get the main
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Call some students to say contents.
out their answers and the Listen to the tape
evidences they get to prove and do the task.
their answers. Find evidences to
- Let students work inpairs. each of the answers.
Represent if being
asked.
1. Eating more
healthily food,
cutting down on
things like butter,
alcohol and
cigarettes.
2. The development
in medical science.
Because nobody
dies from old age,
just from diseases
that affect people
when they get
older.
After-listening: (10 minutes) 3. In ten
- In group, ask students to years’stime AIDS
discus the guided question, will also be brought
find the answer. under control.
- Move around to help if - Listen to the
necessary. teacher’s
- Give remarks or even explanation then
suggestions. correct the answers
oneself.
- In groups, discuss
the advantages
disadvantages of
having a very long
life.
Example:
Advantages:
- Do many things
they want to do/
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
enjoy life more.
- See their children
and grandchildren
grow up.
- Help their children
and grandchildren.
- Children and
grandchildren are
happy with them.
Disadvantages:
Homework: (3 minutes) - Too weak to do
- Ask students write things to things and often ill.
do to have a healthy and long - Feel lonely when
life, and prepare part writing children have grown
at home. up and busy with
their lives,
andfriends are
dead.
- Listen to the
correct oneself.
-Listen to the
teacher and write
down homework to
do at home.
The 46th period

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Date: 24/ 11/ 2008
Grade 12
Unit 8
Writing
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
- Discribing the world you would like to live in in the future .
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Writing about some one's ideas or
imagines.
- New words: Words related to the life in the future,
environment….
3. Skills:
_ To practise students’ speaking and writing skills.
_ To help students to able to write about the ideal world
they would like to live in the year 2020.
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
- Board, chalks, textbook and notebook.
IV. Procedure:

activities
- Free talk about the life in the Do as required.
future. Exchange the ideas
with others.
Pre-writing: (10 minutes) - Listen to teacher.

Task 1 - Write down
- Ask student to read the - Do on board.
request of task one and - Report.
translate. Ex:
- Explain them how to do the + conflict (n)
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
task + harmony (n)
- give students the structures: + materialistic (a).
- guide them some new words. Answer:
- Walk around and help them. + World: Peaceful,
- Call some to stand up and no war, no conflicts,
answer the questions no threat of
- Corect. terrorism, people
live is harmony.
+ Employment:
everyone has a job.
+ Environment:
clean and healthy,
less noise, less
popolation, having
larger parks, wild
life is protected.
+ People: Less
materialistic, less
silfish, less violent
and more loving

Task 2 - Listen to the
- Ask student to read the teacher.
request of task two. - discuss and write
- Explain them how to do the down.
task - work in groups.
- guide them to write. - Compare the result
- Walk around and help them. to the other groups.
- Call one to do on board.
- Corect.

- Ask some groups to
represent their work, ask other - Listen to the
to give remark. teacher’s
- Choose some good writing to explanations.
read in class and give remark. - Exchange the
writing to other
groups to check and
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
give remarks.
- Represent the
task on board if
being asked.
Homework: (2 minutes) Read the writing to
- Ask students to rewrite the get others’ remarks.
task at home and preapare - Do as the teacher
part Language Focus at home. asked.
- Listen to the
teacher and write
down homework.
The 47th period

Date: 28/ 11/ 2008
Grade 12
Unit 8
Language Focus
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: - Contracted form of auxiliaries
(cotinued).
- Prepositions and articles.
2. Knowledge:
- Language: Know how to use in, on, at, of, by, about, among,
to, with….
3. Skills:
_ To practise students’ pronunciation and writing skills.
_ To help students to be able pronounce the full forms and
the contracted forms of auxiliaries and introduce to them the
use of some prepositions and articles.
II. Method:
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
III. Teaching aids:
- Board, tape, cassetteplayer, chalks, textbook and notebook.
IV. Procedure:

activities
1. Warm up: ( 5 minutes)
students. teacher.
2. Pronunciation: ( 15 Get the teacher’s

minutes) explanation.
_ play the tape and asks _ listen to the
students to listen to the sounds listed in
sounds listed in their books. their books.
_ asks students to listen to the _ listen to the tape
tape then repeat the words in then repeat the
chorus. words in chorus.
_ asks students to repeat the _ some individuals
words individually. repeat the words.
_ correct their pronunciation if
necessary. _ listen to the
_ asks students to read the teacher’s correction.
sentences suggested _ read the
individually. sentences
_ can read the sentences first suggested
and notice the sounds in individually.
words.
_ asks some students to read
the sentences aloud.
_ asks others to give
comments then correct their
pronunciation if necessary.
3. Grammar: ( 23 minutes)
Exercise1: _ listen to the
_ explains how to change teacher’s
direct speech into reported explanation.
speech with gerund briefly _ work in pairs. Do
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
then give some examples to the exercise given
illustrate and asks students to in the textbooks.
work in pairs to do the _ discuss the
exercise suggested. answers with their
_ asks students to discuss the friends then correct
answers with their friends. the mistakes
_ asks some of the students to themselves.
do the exercise orally. _ discuss the
_ asks others to give answers with their
comments. friends.
_ gives the suggested answers _ some of the
if necessary. students to do the
exercise orally.
_ other students
give comments.
_ take notes of the
suggested answers.
Keys:
1. in, 2.of, 3.on,
4.at, 5.to,
6.in, 7.about, 8.for,
Exercise 2: 9. between, 10.to.
_ explains the example
carefully. _ notice the
_ asks students to work in teacher’s
pairs to do the exercise explanation.
suggested.
_ asks students to discuss the _ work in pairs. Do
answers with their friends. the exercise given
_ asks some of the students to in the textbooks.
do the exercise orally. _ discuss the
_ asks others to giveanswers with their
comments. friends then correct
_ gives the suggested answers the mistakes
if necessary. themselves.
_ some of the
students to do the
exercise orally.
_ other students
give comments.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
_ take notes of the
suggested answers.
Keys:
1.Ø, 2.Ø, Ø, Ø, 3.
Ø. The. the, 4.the.
Ø, 5. the. Ø, 6.the.
Ø, 7.the. Ø,
8.an.the.the, 9
Ø.the, 10. Ø,a.
4. Homework: (2 minutes)
- Ask students to revise the
strong form and weak form of
auxiliaries, the use of - Listen to the
prepositions and articles, redo teacher and write
all the exercises and prepare down homework to
Test yourself C at home. do at home
The 48th period

Date : 30/ 11/ 2008
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Grade 12
Test yourself c

listening, writing.
hand-outs…
IV. Procedures:

about the test yourself C questions
home?
Test yourself

with the words they have just 1.B, 2. C, 3. A, 4. B, 5. C.
heard

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
the work
- Then turn on the tape of the - Look at the
passage the last time for textbook and listen
students to check their results to the teacher then
- Correct mistakes read the passage
II. Reading (2.5 points) (10 and choose the
minutes) statements are True
- Present the task: Read the or False.
passgae and choose the - Work in groups to
statements are True or False. discuss about the
- Get students to work in passage
groups, discuss about the - Finish the task
passage - Compare their
- Go round the class to control results with the
the discussion other groups, and
- State the best option correct.
- Correct mistakes Keys:
1. F, 2. F, 3. T, 4. T, 5. F.
- Listen to the
teacher
III. Grammar(2.5 points) (8 - Work in groups to
minutes) complete the
- Recall the grammar of articals. sentences
- Giude students how to do - Compare the
- Give them some newwords: results with the
- Do the first as an example. other groups
- Ask students to to the exercise. - Correct mistakes
- Call the to to on board. Keys:
- Go round the class to control A.
the set’s activities 1. The, 2. An, 3. Ø
- State the keys 4. The, 5. A, 6.
- Correct mistakes Ø.
B
1. Athough Nam worked
very hard, he didn't pass
the exam.
2. Although I was very
tired, I couldn't sleep.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
3. Eventhough she had all
the ……..
4. Athough the traffic
was bad, we arrived on
time.
IV. Writing(2.5 points) (7
minutes)
- Giude students how to write - Listen to the
- Give students some models and teacher carefully.
structures to writes.. - Work in groups or
- Ask students to write. in pairs then write.
- Call the to to on board. - Compare the
the students’ activities other groups.
- Correct mistakes
- Correct mistakes
Homework (5 minutes)
- Ask students: - Study all the
+ to study all the lessons lessons again
again

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 49th period

Date : 02/ 12/ 2008
Grade 12
Review for the first term- GRADE 12

Lesson 1– TENSE revision
A. Objectives;
1- Knowledge: By the end of the lesson students will be able to;
- use the correct verbs in simple present, simple
past, present continuous, past continuous
3- Skills:
- Remembering the use of each tense in context.
4- Education:
- study the differences in use of the verb-tense in
English language.
B.Teaching aids;
1.Teacher: - Method: mainly communicative approach.
- Materials: helping board, textbook, handouts.
2. Student:- Materials: Student’s book

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
3. Anticipated problems: SS may find the use of present simple
is misty.
C.Procedure;
Theme Teacher's activities Student's
activities
I. 1- Check the student's list - Monitor gives
Organize 2- Arrange the seats if it's names of absent
( 1 m') necessary students
II. A- the present simple tense. - work in pair,
Presentat - T gives some examples on study the
ion helping board or handouts. examples and
(35 m') - Put the verbs into correct form asnwer the
A1: I always (go)… to bed at 10 Teacher's
p.m . questions;
A2:She (visit)… her daugster * Expected
every Sunday. answer;
B1: This book (be)… very I. form.
interesting. Affir: S + V-s,es
B2:Ann and Linda (play)... tennis
V-
very well.
C1: Water (freeze)… at zero
infinitive
degree Centigrade. Negat: S + does
C2: The Sun (not move)... around Do
the Earth. not + V-infinitive.
D1: I (think)… they should work II. use.
harder for the exam. 1- habit or daily
D2:Jane (like)… living in the routine.
country? 2- for present
- Gives questions: situation, state or
1. What are the affirmative form ability.
and negative form? 3- for true fact or
2. What are the uses of present universal truth.
simple? 4- for view, feeling
- Call some pairs to answer. or hobby.
- T feedback and correct.
B- the past simple tense.

- T gives some examples on
helping board, ask Ss to give the
correct form of the verbs.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
A1: I (go)… to bed at 10 p.m * Expected
yesterday. answer;
A2:She (visit)… HaNoi two I. form.
years ago. Affir: S + V-ed
B1: They often (buy)… picture Negat: S + did not
stories when they were at + V-infinitive
sencodary school.
B2:Ann often (go)… out for
lunch after work.
C1: He (come)… home, (turn)… II. use.
the light, and (open).. the 1- for completed
windows. action at definite
C2: I (run)… out of my office, time.
(wave).. a taxi, and (go) to 2- for past habit
Hellen's house. 3- for a series of
- Gives questions: actions happened
1. What are the affirmative form in the past.
and negative form?
2. What are the uses of present
simple?
- Call some pairs to answer. * Expected
- T feedback and correct. answer;
I. form.
C- the present continuous (1) S + is,are,am
and past continuous tense. + V-ing
- T gives some examples on (2) S + was,were
helping board, ask Ss to study + V-ing
the ex and answer the questions.
Present Past II. use.
continuous(1) continuous(2) (1)
A1: Look at A1: I was 1- for a
that man! He is reading book progressive action
wearing a at 4 p.m at the time of
traditional suit. yesterday. speaking.
A2: Where are A2:They were 2- for a
your children? visiting Ho Chi progressive action
- They are Minh museum happening at
playing in the yesterdy present period of
front garden. morning. time
3- for a gradual
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
B1: We are B1: I was happening action.
working hard watching TV 4- for a near
this week for while my wife future plan.
the coming was cooking. (2)
exams. B2: while she 1- for a
B2: He is was studying, progressive action
looking for a her roomate at a definite time
job as a was listening in the past.
journalist. to music. 2- for 2 or more
C1: Harry up. It C1: He was progressive
is getting dark. playing simultaneous
C2: The price football all last actions happening
of petrol is summer. at definite time in
rising rapidly. C2: They were the past.
D1: We are dancing all the 3- to emphasize
having a party yesterday the sequence of
this Sunday evening. action at a period
evening. D1: It rained of time.
D2: She is when we were 4- for a
leaving London camping. progressive action
for New york D2: When I interrupted by
this week. came, she another simple
was crying. past action.
- Gives questions:
1. What are the affirmative form
and negative form of each
tense?
2. What are the uses of present
continuous?
- Call some pairs to answer.
- T feedback and correct.
IV. - T summarize the content of the - listen and

Summary lesson. understand
(2 m') + use and form of the verb
V. - Asign homeworks: do exercise - Listen to the

Homewor 2,3,4 page 7 ( English 12, teacher
k workbook); exercise 1,2 page - Write down the
(2 m')
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
18(English 12- student book) homework to do at
- Prepare for tense revision: home.
Revise the present perfect,
present perfect continuous, past
perfect continuous.
The 50th period

Date : 04/ 12/ 2008
Grade 12

Lesson 2 – TENSE revision
A. Objectives;
- use the correct verbs of present perfect, present
perfect continuous, past perfect continuous
3- Skills:
- Remembering the use of each tense in context.
4- Education:
- study the differences in use of the verb-tense in
English language.
B.Teaching aids;
3. Anticipated problems: SS may find difficult to distinguish the
use of present perfect, present perfect continuous .
C.Procedure;
activities
Organize 2- Arrange the seats if it's names of
( 1 m') necessary absent

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
students
II. A- the present perfect tense. - work in pair,
Presentat - T gives some examples on helping study the
ion board or handouts. examples and
(35 m') - Put the verbs into correct form asnwer the
Present perfect(1) Present perfect Teacher's
cont(1) questions;
A1: I have done A1: I have been
my homeworks. doing my
( finished) homeworks.
* Expected
(continue)
answer;
A2: He has A2:She has been
studied Frech for studying Frech I. form.
a year. for a year. (1) S +
( emphasize on have/has + PII
constant of (2) S +
B1: We haven't action) have/has +
met her for age. B1: I am tired. I been + V-ing
B2: He has have been
worked as a working too hard.
II. use.
journalist since B2: He has been
(1)
1999. running. He looks
1- for an action
exhausted. happened in
the past and
- Gives questions: has finished but
1. What are the affirmative form don't mention
and negative form of each tense? its comlete
2. What are the uses of present point of time.
continuous? 2- for an action
- Call some pairs to answer. started in the
- T feedback and correct. past and
extended into
present used
with Since; For
+ time
B- the past perfect continuous (2)
tense. 1- for an action
- T gives some examples on helping that started in
board, ask Ss to give the correct the past and
form of the verbs. continue to
A1: I (phone)… him before he present.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
came. yesterday. 2- for an action
A2:When she arrived at the that has just
station, Her parents ( leave)… finished often
A3: He sold his house after he relates to
( redecorate) ….it. present result.
B- Practice * Expected
- T give handout and ssk Ss to do answer;
exercise 2 English 12 – workbook. I. form.
1. Sam….(not receive) the parcel S + had + PII
the last time I….. (speak) to him. II. use.
2. I …(consider) buying a house but (1)
now I…( change) my mind. 1- for an action
3. When you…(feel) hungry later, happened
room service…(bring) you whatever before another
you… (want). simple past
4. I…. (find) it difficult to convince action.
the ticket inspector that I … (lose)
my ticket. - Do the task in
5. Since I … (pay) for our lunch, I … 6 minutes
( try) to attract the waiter's - exchange
attention. their answers.
6. As soon as I …(have) a good look - Present the
at the designs, I… (send) them answers orally.
back to you.
7. I… (hope) to meet you ever since * Answer:
I … (read) your first novel. 1. haven't
8. Whatever…(happen) , I… (meet) received; spoke
you here in a week's time. 2. was
9. By the time you …(finish) getting considering/ha
ready, we …(miss) the train! ve been
10. Sally! I …(not expect) to see considering;
you here! What… (you do) in New have changed
York? 3. feel; will
- Call some Ss to pesent answer bring;want
orally. 4. found; had
- Feedback and give correction. lost
5. was paying;
tried
6. have had;
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
will send
7. have been
hoping; read
8. happens; will
meet
9. finish/have
finished; will
have missed
10. didn't
expect/was not
expecting; are
doing
(2 m') + use and form of the verb
V. - Asign homeworks: exercise 1,2,3 - Listen to the

Homewor page 28(English 12- student book) teacher
k - Prepare for indirect speech; - Write down the
(2 m') Revise the rules of transforming homework to do
directed into indirected. at home.
The 51st period
Date : 06/ 12/ 2008

Grade 12

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng

Lesson 3 – Indirect speech
A. Objectives;
- speak and write sentences in the reported speech.
3- Skills:
- Remembering the use of each kind of reported
speech in context.
4- Education:
- study use of reported speech in English language.
B.Teaching aids;
3. Anticipated problems: SS may find difficult to the equivalent
forms of Pronouns, adverbs in reported speech .
C.Procedure;
activities
Organize 2- Arrange the seats if it's names of absent
( 1 m') necessary students
II. *Rewrite these sentences in - Rewrite these
Warm-up reported speech sentences.
(5 m') - Ask Ss to do in 2 minutes - Present on the
1. " I love my parents very much" board.
Jane said. - discuss and
Jane correct
said…………………………………… * Expected
2. " I am going to work in Ha Noi answers:
next month". Peter said. 1. Jane said she
Peter said loved her
he………………………………. parents very
- Ask Ss to pay attention to the much.
examples and give remarks the 2. Peter said he
indirect speech . was going to
1. Tense? work in HaNoi
III. 2. Pronouns? ( personal,
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Presentat possessive, demonstrative) the month after.
ion 3. Adverbs? ( place, time)
(35 m') A. Grammar :Reported speech - feedback and
- T give examples and ask Ss to give take notes
remarks.
I) We change the tenses of the
verb if reported verb is simple - rewrite and
past.
correct
1, Reported speech: statement - Give remarks
Ex1: He said, "I have just bought a on the changes
laptop today." of reported
-> He said (that) he had bought a speech
laptop that day. - Listen to the
Ex2: They said, " We are having a teacher's
party for our victory tomrrow." explaining and
-> They said they were having a note down.
party for their victory the following
day.
+ What are the changes needed?
The needed changes are: Tense,
pronouns, adverbs
2, Reported speech: questions

Basic rule :
S + asked + (O) + if /whether +
S+ V....
S + asked + (O)+ W/ H... + S + - Listen and
V..... write down the
rules.
Ex1: “ Have you seen this film ?” - rewrite and
Tom said. -> He asked me if / correct the
whether I had seen that film. sentences.
Ex2: “ Where is the post office ? “ - Give remarks
Jane said. -> She asked me where on the changes
the post office was. of reported
speech
3, Command and request
- Listen to the
S+
teacher's
told/asked/ordered/reminded/w
arned... + O + ( not ) + to +
explaining and
V.... note down.

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Listen and
Ex1" “ Keep silent!” He said. -> He write down the
told us to keep silent. rules.
Ex2: “ Don’t come late!” Peter said. - rewrite and
-> He asked us not to come late. correct the
Ex3: " don't touch that machine. sentences.
It's dangerous." She said. -> She - Give remarks
warned me not to touch that on the changes
machine as it was dangerous. of reported
speech
-Give notes : Special cases:
- Listen to the
II) We don’t change the tenses of
teacher's
the verb in indirect speech in the
following cases: explaining and
1. An action happened at exact time . note down.
“ I was born in 1998 “ -> He said he
was born in 1998.
2. Conditional sentences ( types 2, - Listen and
3 ). write down the
- “ If I were you, I wouldn’t do that.”- rules.
> He said if he were me, he would - rewrite and
not do that. correct the
3. Past subjunctives ( wish- clause; as sentences.
if...) - Listen to the
-“ I wish I were a boy, “Mary said.-> teacher's
Mary said she wished she were a
explaining and
boy.
4, could , would , should, might, used note down.
to, ought to, would rather, had
better,....
- “ You had better not contact her,”
he said to me.
-> He said to me I had better not
contact to her.
5, general truths.
- “ The sun rises in the east.” -> He
said the sun rises in the east.

(2 m') + give remarks on the basic
rules.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
V. - Asign homeworks: exercise 1,2 - Listen to the

k exercise 2,3,4 page 22 ( English - Write down the
(2 m') 12, workbook) homework to do
- Prepare for passive voice and at home.
conditional sientences: Revise the
rules of transformation of active to
passive.
The 52nd period

Date : 10/ 12/ 2008
Grade 12

Lesson 4 – passive voice, Conditional sentence
A. Objectives;

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- use the correct passive sentence and conditional
sentences.
3- Skills:
- Remembering the use of passive voice and
conditional sentences.
4- Education:
- present wishes and passive speech in English
language.
B.Teaching aids;
use of conditional sentence type1 and type2 in some cases.
C.Procedure;
activities
students
II. - Ask some questions: Work in pairs.
Warm-up 1. Do you know when was this
(5 m') school built at the first time? - write down
2. How many pupils have been the answers
taught since 1999? - give the
3. If you were the headmaster, answers orally.
what should be done to make our - other ss give
school better? remarks on the
- Call some Ss to answer orally, answers.
- Take note the answer on the
board and feedback.
- Instroduce the revision grammar
point.
III. A. Grammar : - study the
Presentat I) Passive voice. examples and
ion - T give examples and ask Ss to give give remarks
(35 m') remarks. on the form
Ex1: This bike is made of plastic. - buid the form
Ex2: Her book was read by thousand
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
of students last year.
Ex3: These rooms have been painted
several times.
- Ask Ss to give remarks on the form.
1- form.
To be + Past participle (PII) - study the
2- Rules of changing active to model
passive. - give
2.1) Subject, object, verb. explaination to
Ex1: VietNam exports the rules.
rice. - write down
-> Rice is exported by
VietNam.
Active: Subject verb
obiect
- study the
Passive:Subject be + PII active
by object - give the
2.2) Tenses: equivalents to
Active tenses Passive tenses passive
- simple - S + is/am/are + - write down
present PII
- simple past - S + was/were +
- present PII
continuous - S +is/am/are +
- past being + PII
- S +was/were+
continuous
being + PII
- present - S + has/have +
perfect been + PII
- past perfect - S + had + been
+ PII
2.3) Modal verbs:( can, could, - study the
may, must, should…) model
S + modal verbs + be + PII - give
Ex1: Our village may be flooded in explaination to
the rain season. the form.
- write down
II) Conditional and wish sentence.
1- Conditional sentence;
1.1) Conditional sentence type
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
1. - study the
a- Form; models
Ex1: If he visits us, I will tell him the - give
truth. explaination to
If clause Main clause the use.
S + V(simple present S + will + - write down
tense) V(infinitive)
b- Use;
b.1) express an real condition that
is in present or may happen in the
future.
Ex1: If I have time, I'll visit you.
Ex2: He will get good marks if he
studies harder.
b.2) Will" can be replaced by " can,
may, must, should) - study the
Ex1: If you feel tired, you can stay model
at home. - give
Ex2: We may finish our before noon explaination to
if we start now. the form.
Ex3: If you want a good job, you - write down
must work hard now.
1.2) Conditional sentence type
2. - study the
a- Form; models
Ex1: If he lived next to us, we would - give
ask him for help. explaination to
If clause Main clause the use.
S + V(simple past S + would + - write down
tense) V(infinitive)
b- Use;
b.1) express an unreal condition
that can't happen. - study the
Ex1: If I were a millionaire, I would model
buy a luxury car. - give
Ex2: What would you do if you won explaination to
100.000$? the form.
1.3) Conditional sentence type - write down
2.

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
a- Form;
Ex1: If he lived next to us, we would - study the
ask him for help. models
If clause Main clause - give
S + V(past perfect S + would have + explaination to
tense) V(infinitive) the use.
b- Use; - write down
b.1) express an unreal condition in
the past that coundn't happen.
Ex1: If he had studied hard, he
would have entered an university. - listen to the
Ex2: We wouldn't have missed the teacher,
train if we had got up earlier. - take notes
* Notice:
If…not.. = Unless (trõ phi)
Ex1: If he doesn't call her, she will
be unhappy.
-> Unless he call her, she will be
unhappy.
2- wish, if only + clause ( gi¸
mµ…)
2.1) unreal wish at present.
Ex1: I wish my life were better.
Ex2: If only he loved me, I would be
the happiest woman.
2.2) unreal wish in the past.
Ex1: We wish she hadn't failed the
exam.
Ex2: If only you had bought that
house, we would have lived near
the city center.
(2 m') + give remarks on the basic
rules.
V. - Asign homeworks: exercise 1,2,3 - Listen to the

k exercise 1,2,3 page 34 ( English 12, - Write down the
(2 m')
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
workbook) homework to do
- Prepare for passive voice and at home.
conditional sientences: Revise the
rules of transformation of active to
passive.
The 53rd period

Date : 15/ 12/ 2008
Grade 12
Lesson 5 – Relative clauses, adverb clause of contrast
A. Objectives;

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- use relative clauses and adverb clause of contrast
accurately.
3- Skills:
- Remembering the use of relative clauses and
adverb clause of contrast.
4- Education:
- aware of the similarities of Vietnamese and English
language through complex sentences.
B.Teaching aids;
differences between defining and non-difining clauses in some
cases.
C.Procedure;
activities
students
II. Gap-filling - work in pairs
Warm-up - Ask Ss to do the task in pairs. - give the
(5 m') 1, I really like the book … is writen answers orally
by To Hoai. - explain the
2, The child… you saw at the party use of relative
is Hellen's son. pronouns.
3, I have been to the village… my
parents used to live.
- Ask Ss to give the answer and
explain the use of relative
pronouns.
- lead Ss to the new lesson.
III. A- Grammar. - work in
Presentat I. Relative clauses. groups of 4
ion 1) Relative pronouns, relative - give the
(35 m') averbs. answers orally
- Ask Ss to fill in the blanks with - explain the
suitable relative pronouns, relative use of relative
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
adverbs. pronouns.
Relative pronouns
1. The boy… sits behind me can
speak Spanish. 1. "Who,
2. The man… Jane loves is a film whom, whose,
actor. that" are used
3. People… houses were damaged to modify man
in the flood will receice 100$ from 2. "Which,
Government. that" are used
4. I like the the house… situated to modify
on the left bank of Huong river. things.
Relative adverbs 3. "where" is
1. I can't remember the place… I used to modify
left my keys. adverb of
2. Do you remember the day... the places.
festival start? 4. "when" is
3. I don't know the reason … he used to modify
refused my help. adverb of time.
- Call some groups to give
explainations to the use of each
relative of pronouns, relative of
adverb. - Study the
2. Defining clause and Non- examples and
defining clause discuss the use
- Ask Ss to discuss and explain the - explain orally
use of … in front of the
Defining clause Non-defining class.
clause - other groups
1. This is the 1. Shakespeare, give remarks.
lady who saw who wrote - listen to the
the accident. Romeo and teacher's
2. The car Juliet, died in feedback and
which Peter 1616. notedown
bought last 2. David's
week is made in house, which
USA. was built last
3. The town year, is
where we used designed by a
to live is very French

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
quiet and architect.
peaceful. 3. These horses,
which are
expensive, are
mine.
- Call some groups to explain.
- Feedback and give clear definition.
3. Reduction of relative clauses. - Study the
* to reduce relative clause, we omit examples and
" relative pronouns and the form of discuss the use
to be" - explain orally
Ex1: The boy who is talking to in front of the
Marry is my boyfriend. class.
-> The boy talking to Marry is my - other groups
boy friend. give remarks.
Ex2: The books the are on the table - listen to the
are mine. teacher's
-> The books on the table are mine. feedback and
II. Adverb clause of contrast. notedown
1- Adverb clause of contrast.
- Ask Ss to choose one of the words
in the box to fill in the blank of each
sentence.
1. although, 1. mÆc dï
though,
eventhough 2. trong khi
2. While, 3. tuy nhiªn
whereas - Study the
3. yet examples and
1. He didn't receive anything … he discuss the use
worked hard. - listen to the
2. …. She had to do housework, her teacher's
sister didn feedback and
't have to. notedown
3. Some children like apple …
others hate it.
4. He studied hard for the exam, …
he failed again.
- Feedback, explain the use of

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
adverb clause of contrast.
2- Noun- phrase of contrast.
+ In spite of + Noun/Pronoun ( mÆc
dï)
+ Despite + Noun/Pronoun ( mÆc
dï)
- Gives some examples
Ex1: In spite of bad weather, we
managed to build the bridge.
Ex2: Despite of working hard, he
earned a little money.
(2 m') + give remarks on the basic use
of relative clauses.
V. - Asign homeworks: exercise 1,2 - Listen to the

Homewor page 70- 1,2 page 82 (English 12- teacher
k student book) exercise 4 page 41 - - Write down the
(2 m') 2,3 page 47 ( English 12, workbook) homework to do
- Prepare for the examination of the at home.
first term.
UNIT 9: deserts
The 55th period

Date: 02/ 01/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: deserts
Unit 9
Reading
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
- Guessing the meaning in the context. Deciding true or
false statements

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Passage comprehesions and Understanding the
humour of the story.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Lives of plants animals in deserts.
- Language: Common knowledge of the life of plants and
animals in the deserts
- New words: Words related to the lives of plants and animals
in deserts.
3. Skills:
- Guessing meaning in context, deciding on true or false and
passage comprehension.
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
IV. Procedure:

Aims: to introduce the topic of - Listen to teacher.
the lesson and to raise
students' interest.
- Introduce the new lesson to the
students.
Before you read : (7 - Look at the picture,
minutes) listen to the teacher
- Ask students to look at the picture then ask and answer
ask and answer the questions. the questions in the
book.
- Work in pairs.
While you read : (23 - Listen to the teacher

minutes) then read the
- Ask students to look through passages
the passage and read in - Ask some new words
silence if necessary
passage
- Explain pronunciation and - Work individually to
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
meaning of new words which read the text then
appear in the passage choose the the words
Task 1 : (3 minutes) and phrases in the
- Ask students to read through passage:
the text once to find out some - Share the key with
new words, guess the main other students:
idea. Keys:
- Explain new words (give the 1. KÐo dµi, c¨ng ra
Vietnamese equivalents), 2. Cã çt,
guide the sts to get the main 3. Tr¾c lîng trªn
contents of the reading text. kh«ng
- Ask students to work 4. Héi ®Þa lý hoµng
individually in 3 minutes to do gia Austra
this task. 5. Thæ d©n Australia
- Guide students to read 6. Cån çt, ®ôn çt
through the passage , then 7. ®é dèc, dèc thoai
focus on only the sentences tho¶i
surrounding the suggested 8. Dèc ®øng, dèc ng-
words to do the task îc
effectively. 9. Gß, ®èng
- Give students some more 10. §Ønh (gß/®èng)
words that may be new/ 11. Cá l¸ nhá mäc
unfamiliar to them. trªn xa m¹c
- Guide the students to read
the word in chorus and - Listen to the teacher
individually. then do the task.
- Works in pais:
Keys:
1. F, 2. F, 3. T,
Task 2: (4 minutes) 4. F, 5. F, 6. T.
passage again then work in
pairs to choose the statements - Work individually to
are true or false. read the text then
- Walk round the class to give answer the
help if necessary. questions:
- Give suggested words, - Share the key with
phrases or useful suggestions. other students:
- Correct the students’ work. Keys:
Task 3: (6 minutes) 1. They are Great
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Ask students to read the questions Victoria Deserts,
carefully. Gibbon….
- Ask students to read through the 2. It lies between
passage again. Lake Eyre in the
- Ask the class to do . south, the….
- Call some students to give the 3. In 1845.
answers. 4. He was the
- Ask others students to correct. President of the
- Give the true answers South….
5. They took camels
across the desert.
6. In thwe western
part, they are short,
mostly ….
7. Two. They are
hummock grasses
and spinifex
- Read the story then

After you read : (8 minutes) answer.
- Ask student to read the story. - Work in groups
Ask them for the humour of the story.
Explain. - Listen to the teacher
Home work: (2 minutes) - Write down the
- Review the reading and homework to do at
prepare the speaking at home. home.

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 56th Period

Date: 04/ 01/ 2008
Grade 12
Theme: deserts
Unit 9
Speaking
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
- Explaining why some kind of trees and animals can exit in
the deserts.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: The lives of treas and animals in the
deserts.
- Language: + The way to make the life better in the deserts.
+ The tenses.
- New words: words related to the trees and animals in the

deserts.
3. Skills:
- Talking about nature features of the deserts.
- Explaining why some thing should be brought along while
going across a desert.
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
- Board, chalks, textbook, handouts.
IV. Procedure:

activities
- Ask students about the - Answer teacher's
deserts of Australia. question.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng

Task 1
- Guide students how to - Pair work.
practise. - Practice
answering the
- Explaining some new worrds. toppic:
- Walk around and help them. I think banana can’t
- Call students to say. exit in desirt
- Correct their mistakes. because it is tropical
plant but it is vey
While-speaking : (15 hot in desert …..
minutes) ………
Task 2 I think ….
- Guide students how to
practise.
- Ask students to work in pairs.- Listen to the
- Help the students with new teacher and do the
structures. task.
- Walk around and help them. Ex:
- Call some student to stand A. I think the
up and report before the class. climate in desert is
- Correct their mistakes. very rude. There is
very little rain and it
Post-speaking : (10 minutes) is always very hot….
Task 3 I think ……..
- Guide students how to ……………………
practise.
groups - Free practices
- Call some pairs of student to - The students who
stand up and practise. are called stand up
- Correct their mistakes. to talk to the class
about their ideas.
- Ask the students to prepare - Listen to the
the listening at home. teacher.
- Write down the
homework to do at

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
home.
The 57th period

Date : 06/ 01/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: deserts
Unit 9
Listening
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
- Listening, mastering the content of the tape.
- Doing the tasks fluently (true or false statements and the
details).
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: By the end of the lesson ,students will
be able to understand how to make the lives
in the deserts better.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Listening for details and gap-filling.
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
IV. Procedure:

activities
Warm-up: (3minutes)
- Presentation - Listen to the
teacher.
Before-listening: (7 minutes)
Before you listen:
- Ask students to look at the Before you listen:
book and answer the question - Look at the book.
in the book. - Listen to the
- Let them work in pairs. teacher.
- Listen and correct for them. - Ask and answer
the question in the
Listen and repeat book.
- Turn on the tape and ask - Work in pairs.
students to listen
- Let students listen again and - Listen and repeat.
repeat. - Preactise in pairs
- Write some words on board - Read the new
and ask students to read them words aloud in
aloud. chorus then in
- Correct. devidual.
While-listening: (25 minutes)
Task 1:
Ask students to read the
statement at least once first. - Read the
Ask them to guess the answers statement once to
Play the tape once then check get the main
how many answers can contents.
students find. Listen to the tape
Play the tape again. and do the task.
Check and give remarks. Find evidences to
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Call some students to say out each of the answers.
their answers and the Represent if being
evidences they get to prove asked.
their answers. Keys: 1.T, 2.F, 3.T,
4.F, 5. T.
- Listen to the
teacher’s
Task 2: explanation then
- Ask them to guess the correct the answers
answers. onself.
Play the tape once then check
how many answers can - Read the
students find. questions once to
Play the tape again. get the main
Check and give remarks. contents.
- Call some students to say Listen to the tape
evidences they get to prove Find evidences to
their answers. each of the answers.
- Let students work inpairs. Represent if being
asked.
Listen then answer.
Keys:
1. It examines
deserts, what are
they and how they
are formed
2. It is hot, dry and
sandy place, it is a
beautiful land of
silence and space.
The sun shines, the
wind blow and time
and space seem
endless.
Task 3: 3. Natural and
- Ask students to read the human.
question quickly. 4. They contribute
- Guide students the how to do by eating every
the task.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- let student listen one or twice plant they can find,
times. this makes the land
- Ask students to stand up and become deserts.
speak their answers.
- Correct. - Read the questions
once to get the
main contents.
Listen to the tape
and do the task.
Find evidences to
each of the answers.
Represent if being
asked.
Listen then answer.
Keys:
After-listening: (7 minutes) 1.90%, 2. smaller
- Ask students to discus the plants. 3. Prevent,
guided question, find the 4.Spreading
answer then write about 5.Capital, 6.canals
deserts.
- Let them work in groups
- Move around to help if - Listen to the
necessary. teacher’s
- Give remarks or even explanation then
suggestions. correct the answers
Homework: (3 minutes) oneself.
- Ask students write things to
do to have a healthy and long
life, and prepare part writing - In groups, discuss
at home. the guided
questions and write
about the deserts to
correct oneself.
-Listen to the
teacher and write
down homework to

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
do at home.
The 58th period

Date: 08/ 01/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: deserts
Unit 9
Writing
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
- Describing main features of a deserts.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Writing about the Sahara deserts.
- New words: Words related to the Sahara desert.
3. Skills:
_ To practise students’ speaking and writing skills.
_ To help students to able to write about the Sahara
deserts
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
IV. Procedure:
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng

activities
- Presentation - Listen to the
teacher.
- Ask student to read the
request of task one and - Listen to the
translate. teacher.
- Explain them how to do the - Try to understand
task the new words and
- give students the structures: phrases in the table.
- guide them some new words. - Work in groups.
- Walk around and help them. - Ask the teacher
- Corect. about the words or
phrases if can't
While-writing: (20 minutes) understand.
- Ask student to read the
request of the writing.
- Explain them how to do the - Listen to the
task teacher.
- guide them to write. - discuss and write
- Walk around and help them. down.
- Call one to do on board. - work in groups.
- Corect. - Compare the result
to the other groups.
Ex:
The Sahara is the largest
desert in the world. It is
located in the Northern
Post-writing: (10 minutes) Africa. The desert
- Ask some groups to extends from…….
represent their work, ask other
to give remark. - Listen to the
- Choose some good writing to teacher’s
read in class and give remark. explanations.
- Exchange the
writing to other
groups to check and
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
give remarks.
- Represent the
task on board if
Homework: (2 minutes) being asked.
- Ask students to rewrite the Read the writing to
task at home and preapare get others’ remarks.
part Language Focus at home. - Do as the teacher
asked.
- Listen to the
teacher and write
down homework.
The 59th period

Date: 10/ 01/2009
Grade 12
Theme: deserts
Unit 9
Language Focus
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
1. Educational aim: - Full and contracted forms of auxiliaries.
- So, but, however and therefore.
2. Knowledge:
- Language: Know how to use so, but, however and therefore.
- New words: Words related to the exercises.
3. Skills:
_ To practise students’ pronunciation and writing skills.
_ To help students to be able pronounce the full forms and
the contracted forms of auxiliaries and introduce to them the
use of so, but, however and therefore.
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
- Board, tape, cassetteplayer, chalks, textbook and notebook.
IV. Procedure:

activities
1. Warm up: ( 3 minutes)
students. teacher.
2. Pronunciation: ( 15 Get the teacher’s

minutes) explanation.
_ play the tape and asks _ Listen to the
students to listen to the sounds listed in
sounds listed in their books. their books.
_ asks students to listen to the _ Listen to the tape
tape then repeat the words in then repeat the
chorus. words in chorus.
_ asks students to repeat the _ Some individuals
words individually. repeat the words.
_ correct their pronunciation if
necessary. _ Listen to the
_ asks students to read the teacher’s correction.
sentences suggested _ Read the
individually. sentences
_ can read the sentences first suggested
and notice the sounds in individually.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
words.
_ asks some students to read
the sentences aloud.
_ asks others to give
comments then correct their
pronunciation if necessary.
3. Grammar: ( 25 minutes) _ Listen to the
Exercise1: teacher’s
- Giude students how to do explanation.
- Do the first as an example. _ work in pairs. Do
the exercise given
- Ask students to to the exercise.
- Call the to to on board. in the textbooks.
- go round to help students if necessary
_ Discuss the
- Explain and correct. answers with their
friends then correct
the mistakes
themselves.
_ Some of the
students to do the
exercise orally.
_ Other students
give comments.
_ Take notes of the
suggested answers.
Keys:
1. So 5. So
Exercise 2: 2. But 6. But
_ explains the example 3. So 7. But
carefully. 4. But 8. So
_ asks students to work in _ Notice the
pairs to do the exercise teacher’s
suggested. explanation.
_ asks students to discuss the _ Work in pairs. Do
answers with their friends. the exercise given
_ asks some of the students to in the textbooks.
do the exercise orally. _ Discuss the
_ asks others to give answers with their
comments. friends then correct
_ gives the suggested answers the mistakes
if necessary. themselves.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
_ Some of the
students to do the
exercise orally.
_ Other students
give comments.
_ Take notes of the
suggested answers.
Keys:
1. But 5. But
Exercise 3: 2. However
_ explains the example 6.However
carefully. 3. Yet 7.
_ asks students to work in However
pairs to do the exercise 4. So 8. But
suggested.
_ asks students to discuss the _ Listen to the
answers with their friends. teacher’s
_ asks some of the students to explanation.
do the exercise orally. _ work in pairs. Do
_ asks others to give the exercise given
comments. in the textbooks.
_ gives the suggested answers _ Discuss the
if necessary. answers with their
friends then correct
the mistakes
themselves.
_ Some of the
students to do the
exercise orally.
_ Other students
give comments.
_ Take notes of the
suggested answers.
4. Homework: (2 minutes) Keys:
- Ask students to revise the 1. Therefore, 2. So,
strong form and weak form of 3.So,
auxiliaries, the use of 4. Therefore, 5.
connections, redo all the However,
exercises and prepare unit 10 6. Therefore, 7. So,
at home. 8. However.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Listen to the
teacher and write
down homework to
do at home
UNIT 10: endanger species

The 60th period
Date : 12/ 01/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: endanger species
Unit 10
Reading
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
contexts.
- They read and answer questions about the texts.
- They practice scanning for specific information in the
texts.
- Finding supporting evidence .
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Ss know some endangered species are
plant and animal species
- Language: Common knowledge of environment,…
- New words: Words related to the topic (endangered
animals,plants....)
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
3. Skills:
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
IV. Procedure:

Aims: to introduce the topic of

the lesson and to raise students'
interest. - work in pair to
- T hang out some pictures in answer the questions
and asks Ss to answer the 1.tortoise,rhinoceos,mon
questions. key,
1. what do you see in the elephant,leopard,,parrot
pictures? 2.elephant,leopard,
2. Which of them are in danger rhinoceos are in
of becoming extinct? danger
necessary
minutes)
- Ask students (to work in pairs) +tortoise,
to open their books, look at the rhinoceros,elephant,
pictures, and do the tasks that monkey,mosquito.
follow. +rhinoceros,leopard,
+ which of the animals and elephant
insects below can be found in
VietNam?
+Which of them are in danger of
becoming extinct?
- Ask them to work in 3 minutes,
- Teacher moves round to help if
necessary. - Write down the
- Ask some pairs to report . meaning of some
- Give some remark if newwords
necessary
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Pre-teaching vocabulary:
To Endanger: (v) g©y nguy
hiÓm
Destructio(n) sù ph¸ ho¹i
.nguyen nh©n g©y ra çi chÕt
Commercial(adj):(thuéc )bu«n
b¸n
Drainage(n): sù rót níc,hÖ thèng
cèng r·nh
Deforestration,urbanization (sù
thµnh thÞ ho¸
While you read : (23 - Read through the
minutes) text find the new
- Ask students to look through words, try to guess
the passage and read in silence the meanings of those
- Help students read the words in contexts:
passage - Work individually to
- Explain pronunciation and read the text and do
meaning of new words which task 1
appear in the passage 1.C
Task 1 : (3 minutes) 2.D
- Ask students to read through 3.A
the text once to find out some 4.B
new words, guess the main idea.
- Explain new words (give the
Vietnamese equivalents),.
- Ask students to work - Listen to the
individually in 5 minutes to do teacher
this task. - Write down the correct
- Guide students to read through answers
the passage , then focus on only
the sentences surrounding the
suggested words to do the task
effectively. - Read through the
- Give students some more text find the new
words that may be new/ words,
unfamiliar to them. - Work in pair to
- Guide the students to read the answer the questions
word in chorus and individually. 1.D
-Give correct answers 2.B
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
3.A
Task 2: (4 minutes) 4.A
- Ask students to read the 5.D
passage again and choose
A,B,C,D to complete the
following sentencesabout the
reading passage
- Ask them to work individually
to do the task and give the - Read through the
evidence to prove the keys. text find the new
- Move round to make sure that words,
all students are working and to - Work in pair to give
help them if necessary. evidence in the
- Ask some students to report passage to support
and give feedback. these statements.
1.The first sentence
Task 3: (6 minutes) of the second
- Ask students to read the passage.
passage again then work in 2.The third passage.
pairs to find evidence in the 3.The fourth .
passage to support these
statements
- Walk round the class to give - Work in group to
help if necessary. summarise the
- Give suggested words, phrases reading passage.
or useful suggestions. 1.Over 24 thousand
- Correct the students’ work. plant and animal
species all over the
world are classified as
After you read : (8 minutes) endangered.
- Ask students to work in group 2.The main causes of
to scan the text again. extinction or
- Ask them to work in small endangerment are
groups of three or four to habitant
summarise the reading passage destruction
by writing one sentence for each ,commercial
paragraph. exploitation and
- Encourage them to summarise population.
the reading passage. 3.Biodiversity is
- Ask one or two pairs to report. important for humans
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
as it provides food
,clean air,water,fertile
soil and other
products.
4.Different efforts
have been made to
conser endangered
species.
5.The task of
conservation should
be shared by
international
organization,goverme
ntal agencies
,industry and
individuals.
- Ask Ss to do exercises at
paage 65-68 in the
students’workbook. - Do homework

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 61st Period

Date 15/ 01/ 2009
Grade 12
Unit 10
Speaking
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
- Students work in pairs to ask anh answer some questions
about endangered animals
- Students talk about the information of some endangered
animals
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: endangered animals
- Language: + The way to make suggestions or predictions.
+ The tenses.
- New words: words related to endangered species.

3. Skills:
- Talking about the information of some endangered animals
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
- picture, board, chalks, textbook, handouts.
IV. Procedure:

Hang out the pictures of 4 - Look at the
animals and ask Ss to give the pictures ang give
name of them the name of 4
animals
1.It is a tiger
2.It is a rhino
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
3.It is a pandal
4.It is an elephant
While-speaking (25
minutes)
Task 1: - Work in pairs to
Ask and answer the following discus the three
the questions. questions and find
- Ask students to work in pairs the answers.
to discus the four questions 1.Pandal
and find the answers. ,rhino,tiger,elephant
- Move round to make sure .
that all students are working 2.We can find these
and to help them if necessary. animals in the
- Ask some students to report forests in
and give feedback. Asia,Afica,etc
- Correct the students’ work 3.Rhino can be used
and give remark. for medicine
4.All of them are in
Task 2 danger.
Ask and answer questions
about 4 endangered animals.
- Aks Ss to read the - Listen to the
information about the gait teacher
panda,tiger,rhino,elephant. - work in pair to do
- Explain how to do task 2 task 2
- Walk round from group to A:where do gaint
group to give help if pandas live?
necessary. B: They live in
- Encourage students to speak bamboo forests in
out what they think even a the mountain in
phrase or a singular word. central and western
_T check ang give feedback. China
A: What is the
population of
pandas in the
world?
B: Only about 600.
A: How are they?
B: about 1.2 to 1.5m
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
A How much do they
weigh?
B: About 75 kg to
160 kg
Task 3: A: what do they eat
Take turns to give an oral B:Bamboo
report on the animals A: Why are they in
mentioned in task 2 danger?
-T ask Ss to work in group to B: People destroy
do task 2. their habitat and
- Walk round from group to hurt them for trade.
group to give help if
necessary.
- Encourage students to speak - Work in group to
out what they think . give an oral report.
Group 1: Giant
pandas live in
bamboo forests in
the moutain in
Western China .only
about 600 pandas
are living there.They
attain a height of
1.2m to 1.5m and
wigh from 75kg to
Post – speaking(10) 160 kg they are in
- Ask students to work danger because
individually to summarize what People destroy their
they’ve learnt in unit 10. habitat and hurt
- Move round to check the them for trade.
activities and to make sure Group 2: Rhino
that students are working Group 3:tiger
effectively. Group 4 elephant
- Ask one or two students to
report in front of the whole -Students work
class. individually to
- Check and give remarks. summarize what
they’ve learnt in
Homework: (3 minutes) unit 10.
Name some measures we’ve
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
made to protect the endanger
animals
- Do homework at
home
The 62nd period

Date : 19/ 01/ 2009
Grade 12
Unit 10
Listening
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
-Students know the life of gorillas
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: extensive listening: Multiple-choice
questions.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Gap filling
- Language: modal verbs
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
- Tape, board, chalks, textbook.
IV. Procedure:

- Rearange the letters to - Listen to the
make a meaningful word teacher.
GOLLARI - Work in pairs to
Rearrange the
letters to make a
Pre-listening: (7 minutes) meaningful work.
- Ask students to work in pairs GORILIA
to discuss and choose the best - Work in pairs to
answer A,B,C discuss and give
- Guide the students to answer correct answers
if necessary. - Listen and repeat:
- Give further information.
Gorilla
Sociable
- Explain the words that will Sub-adult
appear in the listening text. Nest
- Ask students to read in Bared teeth
chorus then individually. Silverback
Civil war
Forest rangers
minutes)
Task 1
statement at least once
first. -Read the statement
- Ask them to guess the once to get the
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
answers main contents.
- Play the tape once then - Listen to the tape
check how many answers and do the task.
can students find. - Find evidences to
- Play the tape again. each of the
- Check and give remarks. answers.
- Call some sts to say out - Represent if
their answers and the being asked.
evidences they get to prove Keys:
their answers. 1.A
2.B
3.D
4.B
5.C
- Listen to the
teacher’s
explanation then
Task 2 correct the answers
- Ask them to guess the onself.
answers.
- Play the tape once then
check how many answers - Read the
can sts find. questions once to
- Play the tape again. get the main
- Check and give remarks. contents.
- Call some students to say - Listen to the tape
evidences they get to prove - Find evidences to
their answers each of the
answers.
- Represent if
being asked.
1.peaceful
2.plant – eating
3.a few females and
their young
4.plants and a few
insects
5.in trees
6.in grasses
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
7.civil war
8.forests being cut
down
- Listen to the
teacher’s
After-listening: (10 explanation then
minutes) correct the answers
- In group, ask students to oneself..
summarise the main ideas of - Listen to the
the passage ,using the teacher’s guide to
information and the answers in correct oneself.
task 1 and 2.
- Move around to help if
necessary. -Work in group to
- Give remarks or even summarise the main
suggestions. ideas of the passage
- in not more than 80 words
write about the life of a gorilla -Listen to the
teacher and write
down homework

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 63rd period

Date: 02/ 02/ 2009
Grade 12
Unit 10
Writing
Time 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
- Writing a report.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Writing about measures to protect
endangered species and possible results
+ Connectors
- New words: Words related to endangered species
3. Skills:
- Writing a report.
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
IV. Procedure:

Warm-up: (5 minutes) - Do as required.
Fill in the chart with some - Exchange the
informatio n about endangered ideas with others.
species’ problems.
Endange causes Measure - Listen to the
red s to teacher.

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
species save - Get the task.
them
+tiger Habitat Provide - Work in pairs to
destructi enough do the task.
on wildlife - Listen to the
hanitat teacher to correct
reserves oneself.
- Work in groups to
do the task.

- Explain as clearly as possible
the way to write a passage
+topic sentence
+supporting idea
+supporting idea - Listen to the
+Concluding sentence teacher.
+conectors:first,second,third... - Get the task.
.
While-writing: (18 minutes) - Work in pairs to
Task 1 do the task.
- Ask students to look at Task - Listen to the
1. teacher to correct
- In pairs, ask students to ask oneself.
and answer the questions. Work in groups to
- Move around to give help. do the task
- Check and give remarks. 1.We should have
different activities
to raise people ‘s
awareness of the
need to protect
these animals.
2.Goverments
should raise
sufficient funds for
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
projects to save
endangered
animals.
3.Humans must
keep water ,air,and
land clean to
preserve natural
habitats for wild
animals.
4.Goverments
should have a good
policy to improve
the life of people
who live in or near
Task 2 endangered
- Explain the requirements: animals’ habitats
Writing a paragraph
groups to write paragraph.
- Walk round to give help if
necessary.
- Compare the
result to the other
groups.
- Listen to the
teacher’s
explanations.
- Exchange the
writing to other
groups to check
Post-writing: (10 minutes) and give remarks.
- Ask some groups to - Represent the
represent their work, ask other task on board if
to give remark. being asked.
- Choose some good writing to - Read the writing
read in class and give remark. to get others’
Homework: (2 minutes) remarks.
- Ask students to rewrite the
task at home and preapare
part Language Focus at home.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Do as the teacher
asked.
- Listen to the
teacher and write
down homework.
The 64th period

Date: 04/ 02/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: endangered species
Unit 10
Language Focus
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
1. Educational aim:
- Pronuciation.
- Rhythm
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: modal verbs: may, might,must’nt,
- Language: may, might,must, must’nt...
3. Skills:
- Writing sentences with adverbial clauses of concession.
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
IV. Procedure:

1. Pronunciation:( 15
minutes) - Get the teacher’s
- Explain the way to stress explanation.
syllables 1.Tell me the time.
- Help students to know the 2. Show me the
pronunciation way .
- Play the tape 3. Some carrots and
- Ask Ss to repeat cabbages
- Listen to Ss and check 4.Come for a swim
5.The clock on the
mantelpiece
6. I think he wants
to go tomorrow
7.It’s not the one I
want.
8.Most of them
have arrived on the
bus
9.Walk down the
path to the end of
the canal
10.I’m going home
today for
Christmas
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
11.A bird in the
hand is
worth two in the

bush.
2. Grammar and 12. If you don’t
vocabulary:( 28 minutes) have the
- Explain once again Modal best ,make the
verbs(may ,might,must,musn’t best of what you
,needn’t have.
Remarks: - Practice reading
- May ,might ®îc dïng ®Ó chØ in chorus or
mét kh¶ n¨ng . individually.
- Must ®îc dïng ®Ó chØ mét
tr¸ch nhiÖm hoÆc mét bæn
phËn .must cã nghÜa ph¶i lµm -Listen to the
,kh«ng cã sù lùa chän teacher and copy
- Need dîc dïng dÓ diÔn t¶ sù
cÇn thiÕt
Practice
Exercise 1:
- Guide the students how to
do the exercises.
- Divide the class into groups,
ask them to do the -Work in group to do
exercises. exercises
- Walk round to give help if Exercise1:
necessary. 1. might rain
- Correct the students’ work 2. may/might wake
if necessary. 3. may/might bite
4. may/might need
5. may/might slip
6. may/might break.
Exercise 2:
1.needn’t come
2.needn’t walk
3.needn’t ask
4.needn’t tell
5.needn’t explain.
Exercise 3:
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
1.must
2.mustn’t
3.Needn’t
4.must
5.musn’t
6.needn’t
7.needn’t
8.must,mustn’t
3. Homework: (1 minute) - Listen to the

- Ask students to review the teacher and write
lesson and do the language down correct
task students’ workbook and answers
prepare Test yourself D at
home.
- Do homework at
home

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 65th period

Date : 05/ 02/ 2009
Grade 12
Test yourself D

listening, writing.
hand-outs…
IV. Procedures:

about the test yourself D questions
home?
Test yourself


Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
with the words they have just 1. bamboo shoots, leaves,
heard 2. 12, 3. 600, 4. half,
- Go round the class to control 5. cloning (the panda).
the work
II. Reading (2.5 points) (10 and choose the
minutes) statements are True
- Present the task: Read the or False.
passgae and choose the - Work in groups to
statements are True or False. discuss about the
- Get students to work in passage
groups, discuss about the - Finish the task
passage - Compare their
the discussion other groups, and
- State the best option correct.
- Correct mistakes Keys:
1. F, 2. N, 3. T, 4. T, 5. T.
- Listen to the
teacher
III. Grammar(2.5 points) (8 - Work in groups to
minutes) complete the
- Recall the grammar of articals. sentences
- Giude students how to do - Compare the
- Give them some newwords: results with the
- Do the first as an example. other groups
- Ask students to to the exercise. - Correct mistakes
- Call the to to on board. Keys:
- Go round the class to control 1. needn’t, must, mustn’t,
the set’s activities 2. mustn’t, 3. needn’t,
- State the keys must, 4. mustn’t,
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Correct mistakes 5. mustn’t, 6. mustn’t,
7. needn’t.
IV. Writing(2.5 points) (7 - Listen to the

minutes) teacher carefully.
- Giude students how to write - Work in groups or
- Give students some models and in pairs then write.
structures to writes.. - Compare the
- Ask students to write. results with the
- Call the to to on board. other groups.
the students’ activities - Correct mistakes
- Correct mistakes
Homework (5 minutes)
- Ask students: - Study all the
+ to study all the lessons lessons again
again
UNIT 11: Books

th
The 66 period
Date : 06/ 02/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: Books
Unit 11
Reading
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
contexts.
- Deciding on true or false statement.
- Passage cpmprehension
2. Knowledge:
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- General knowledge: Ss know many advantages of reading
books
- Language: Common knowledge of books
3. Skills:
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
IV. Procedure:
Aims: to introduce the topic of
the lesson and to raise -Work in pair to
students' interest. answer the questions.
-Ask SS to look at the pictures 1.they are reading
in the text book and answer books
some questions: 2.enrich knowlege
1.what are they doing? And Relax ....
2.can you name some
advantages of reading books?
-Ask Ss to work in pair to
answer the questions
-T goes around to help if
neccesary
Before you read : (7 - work in pair to
minutes) answer the question.
- Ask students (to work in 1.usually
pairs) to open their books, look 2.Ennglish books
at the pictures, and do the 3.every time
tasks that follow.
1.Do you often read books?
2.What kind of books do you
enjoin reading most/least?
3.How do you read books?
- Ask them to work in 3
minutes, meanwhile the
teacher moves round to help if
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
necessary.
- Ask some pairs to report .
- Give some remark if
necessary
minutes) - Work individually to
- Ask students to look through read the text then do
the passage and read in task 1
silence 1.swallow:nuèt(®äc
- Help students read the ngèn ngÊu)
passage 2.dip into:chÊm qua
- Explain pronunciation and loa(®äc qua loa)
meaning of new words which 3.taste:nÕm(®äc
appear in the passage thö ,qua loa)
Task 1 : (3 minutes) 4.hard-to-pick –up-
- Ask students to read through again:khã cã thÓ cÇm
the text once to find out some lªn l¹i ®îc)
new words, guess the main 5.digest:tiªu ho¸
idea. 6.chew:nhai(nghiÒn
- Explain new words (give the ngÉm)
Vietnamese equivalents), 7.hard-to –put –
guide the sts to get the main down:kh«ng thÓ ®Æt
contents of the reading text. xuèng
- Ask students to work
individually in 5 minutes to do
this task.
- Guide students to read
through the passage , then Work in pair to give
focus on only the sentences answers.
surrounding the suggested - Share the key with
words to do the task other Ss.
effectively. 1.NM
- Give students some more 2.F
words that may be new/ 3.NM
unfamiliar to them. 4.T
- Guide the students to read 5.F
the word in chorus and - Find in the text the
individually. evidence to prove the
Task 2: keys.
Decide whether the
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
statements given in task 2
page 120 are true ,false or not
mentioned
- Ask students to read through
the text once to find out some
new words, guess the main
idea. - Do the task in pairs:
- Explain new words (give the - Answer the
Vietnamese equivalents), questions.
guide the sts to get the main 1. Three
contents of the reading text. 2.When you find a
- Ask students to work good story and have
individually in 5 minutes to do time to enjoin it.
this task. 3.Read a few pages to
- Guide students to read see it it’s the one you
through the passage , then can easily read and
focus on only the sentences understand.
surrounding the suggested 4.Television can bring
words to do the task you all the
effectively. information and
- Call on some Ss to do task 2 stories with colour
on the board picture and action.
- Check 5.Books are still a
Task 3: (4 minutes) cheap way to get
- Ask students to read the information and
passage again and answer th entertainment ;you
equestions can keep a book
- Ask them to work individually forever and read it
to do the task and give the many times.
evidence to prove the keys.
- Move round to make sure - Listen to the teacher
that all students are working - Work in group to do
and to help them if necessary. the task.
- Ask some students to report a.thriller
and give feedback. b.romance
c.novel
d.science
e.craft
f.fiction
g.comic
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
h.biograph
After you read : (8
minutes) - Write down the
- Ask students to work in group homework to do at
to scan the text again. home.
- Ask them to work in small
groups of three or four to do
the task.
- Ask one or two pairs to
report.
- Move round to make sure
that all students are working
and to help them if necessary.
- Ask some students to report
and give feedback.

- Do exercise 1 and two at
page 71,72,73 in the students’
workbook
The 67th Period
Date: 08/ 02/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: Books
Unit 11
Speaking
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
- Asking and answering about reading habits
- Talking aboout characters in a book.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge:Books.
- Language: + The way to descirbe a book
+ The tenses.
- New words: words related to Books

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
3. Skills:
- Discribing details in pictures.
- Talking about characters in a book.
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
- picture, board, chalks, textbook, handouts.
IV. Procedure:

- Ask Ss to give name of some Listen and give
stories one’s own ideas .
1.fairy story
2.historical story
3.detective story
4.war story
5.adventure story
Pre-speaking : (12 - Work in pairs to

minutes) discus the three
Task 1 questions and find
- Complete the following the answers.
conservation and practise A:what sort(kind) of
reading it. books do you like to
- Explain how to do the task read?
-Ask students to work in pairs A;How do you often
to discus the three questions read books?
and find the answers. A:When do you
- Correct the students’ work often readbooks?
and give remark. - Correct the
answers oneself.
While-speaking : (15
Task 2 teacher
- Explain the requirements
- Divide the class into groups, A; What do you
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
asks each group to discus a often do in your free
section time?
- Guide the students how to B: Reading books
speak by giving them useful A:What sort of
suggestions: books do you often
- Walk round from group to read?
group to give help if B:novels.
necessary. A:How do you read
- Encourage students to speak them?
out what they think even a B:When I find a
phrase or a singular word. good story
A:When do you
often read books?
B: Whenever I have
free time
- Work in pairs to
Task 3: discus the three
- Complete the following questions and find
conservation and practise the answers.
reading it. A;What are you
- Explain how to do the task reading at the
-Ask students to work in pairs moment?
to discus the three questions A:Who is the main
and find the answers. character?
- Correct the students’ work A:What is he/she
and give remark. like/
Task 4: -Listen and work in

- Explain how to do the task pairs to do task 4
-Ask students to work in pairs A;What are you
to discus the three questions reading at the
and find the answers. moment?
-Practise the model B:I”m reading
consevation with one student “happy life”
-Ask Ss to do task 4 A:Who is the main
character?
B:Jonh.
A;What is he like?
B; ........
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Post-speaking : (10
minutes)
Task 5
- Ask students to work - Listen and take
individually to summarize what note
they’ve discussed in their own
words.
- Move round to check the
activities and to make sure
that students are working
effectively.
- Ask one or two students to
report in front of the whole
class.
- Check and give remarks.
- Write down the

Homework: (3 minutes) homework
Do Exercises at page 75&76 in
the students’workbook

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 68th period

Date : 10/ 02/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: Books
Unit 11
Listening
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
-Ss know some advantages of books
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Listen for specific information.
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
- Tape, board, chalks, textbook.
IV. Procedure:

- Ask Ss to decide on 3 - Listen to the
statements True or False teacher.
- Listen and repeat:
- Explain the words that will Incredible
appear in the listening text. Wilderness
- Ask students to read in Fascinating
chorus then individually. Unnoticed
Journey
Peronality
Survive
Renioned

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
minutes)
Task 1 - Read the
- Ask students to read the statement once
statement at least once to get the main
first. contents.
- Ask them to guess the - Listen to the tape
answers and do the task.
- Play the tape once then - Find evidences to
check how many answers each of the
can students find. answers
- Play the tape again. Keys: 1. B, 2. C, 3.
- Check and give remarks. B, 4. A, 5. A,
- Call some sts to say out - Listen to the
their answers and the teacher’s
evidences they get to prove explanation then
their answers. correct the answers
onself.
Task 2
- Ask them to guess the - Read the
answers. questions once to
- Play the tape once then get the main
check how many answers contents.
can sts find. - Listen to the tape
- Play the tape again. and do the task.
- Check and give remarks. 1;family
- Call some students to say 2.strength
out their answers and the 3.humans
evidences they get to prove 4.journey
their answers 5.pet.
- Listen to the
teacher’s
explanation then
correct the answers
oneself.
minutes) - In groups, ask and
- In group, ask students to answer the
discus the guided question, question.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
find the answer. S1: would you like
- Move around to help if to read the book ?
necessary. S2: Yes,
- Give remarks or even S1: Why?
suggestions. S2:because I want
to know about
animal’s life
......
- Listen to the
correct oneself.
- In not more than 50 words -Listen to the
write about the kind of books teacher and write
you like to read and say why down homework
The 69th period

Date: 12/ 02/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: Books
Unit 11
Writing
Time 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
- Describing a book
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: writing a report on a book
- New words: Words related to books
3. Skills:
- Writing a report.
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
IV. Procedure:

- Free talk about the name Do as required.
what yo should mention in Exchange the ideas
book report with others.
Pre-writing(10 minutes) - Listen to the

Give some ideas teacher.
Book report - Get the task.
+the book’s author
+the title of the book
+the main character
+your opinion
Task 1 - Work in group to
- Ask students to look at Task do the task.
1. S1:general
- In group, ask students to introduction
put the questions to under 7.What is the title of
the correct headings the book?
- Move around to give help. 4.who is the author?
- Check and give remarks. 9.What type of book
is it?
S2:Summary of the
book’s content
2.where is the book
set?
5.What is the main
theme of the book?
6.who are the main
characters?
8.what is the plot of
the story?
S3:Conclusion:
1.What was your
opinion of the book?
3.would you
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
recommend the
book?
- Explain the requirements: teacher to correct
Ask and answer the above oneself.
questions about the book
you have just read
- Ask students to work in - Work in groups to
groups to write report. do the task.
- Walk round to give help if S1: 7.What is the
necessary. title of the book?
S2: Frankenstein
S1;4.who is the
author?
S2:Marry Shelley
S1:9.What type of
book is it?
S2:A horror storyt
S1: 2.where is the

book set?
S2: Geneva
S1:5.What is the
main theme of the
book?
S2:life of
frankenstein,a
monster
S1:6.who are the

main characters?
S2: Frankenstein
S1:8.what is the
plot of the story?
S2:a student from
geneva ,discovers
the secret of
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
life,constructers a
creature more like a
monster ,monster
feels lonely ,attacks
and kills
Frankenstein’s
friend,and his
brother:Frankenstei
n detrmined to kill
the monster:he is
killes first by the
monster ,then it kills
itself
S1:1.What was your

Post-writing: (10 minutes) opinion of the book?
- Ask Ss to write a report on S2:interesting
the book you have read
recently based on the results S1:3.would you
of task 1 and 2 recommend the
book?
- Ask some groups to S2: yes
represent their work, ask other
to give remark. - Compare the
- Choose some good writing to result to the other
read in class and give remark. groups.
Homework: (2 minutes) - Listen to the

- Ask students to rewrite the teacher’s
task at home and preapare explanations.
part Language Focus at home. - Exchange the
writing to other
groups to check
and give remarks.
- Listen to the
teacher and write
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
down homework.
The 70th period

Date: 14/ 02/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: Books
Unit 11
Language Focus
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
- Rhythm
- Modals in the passivevoice
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: review the uses of the passive voice
with modal verbs
- Language: Know how to use modals in the passive voice
3. Skills:
- Writing sentences with modals in the passive voice
II. Method:
III. Teaching aids:
IV. Procedure:

1. Pronunciation:( 15
minutes) - Get the teacher’s
- Explain the rhythm explanation.
- Help students to know the - Practice reading
pronunciation. in chorus or
- Practice: individually.
1.Why did you behave like that
?
2.Come for a swim
3.I think it will be find
4.She’s gone for a walk in the

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
park
5.I wonder if he’ll ever come Exercise1:
back 7. This machine
-Let Ss to listen to the tape mustn’t be used
2. Grammar and after 5.30 p.m
vocabulary:( 28 minutes) 8. This machine
- Explain once again the must cleaned
“Modals with passive voice evry tine you use
Modals +be+past participle it
Modals+be+pastparticiple 9. The flowers
Exercise1:rewrite the should be kept in
sentences in the passive a warm sunny
- Guide the students how to place
do the exercises. 10. Your bill should
- Divide the class into groups, be paid before
ask them to do the you leave the
exercises. hotel
- Walk round to give help if 11. we should be
necessary. given the
- Correct the students’ work information now
if necessary. 12. Toothpaste can
be bought at the
drugstore
13. The children
should be warned
not to speak to
strangers
14. The mystery
can’t be solved
15. Travelers’cheq
ues can be
exchanged at
most banks
16. She shouldn’t
Exercise2;Complete the be told the
conservation with the suitable news.It might kill
passive form of the verbs in her
brackets
Exercise 2:
- Guide the students how to 1.will be prepared
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
do the exercises. 2. Is food going to
- Divide the class into groups, be cooked?
ask them to do the 3. will be pre-
exercises. packaged
- Walk round to give help if 4. can be warmed
necessary. 5. should food be
- Correct the students’ work chosen
if necessary. 6. has to be
offered
7. could be
3. Homework: (1 minute) selected
Exercise 3,4 and 5 page 8. ought to be
74and 75 in the student’s work made
book
- Listen to the
teacher and write
down homework to
do at home
The 71st period

Date : 16/ 02/ 2009
Grade 12
Së Gi¸o Dôc §µo T¹o Th¸i B×nh The Second-term 45-minute Test 12th
Trêng THPT NguyÔn Tr·i Form
(Time allowance: 45 minutes)
A. PRONUNCIATION : Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently
from the rest:
1. A. punch B. synchronized C. technology D. chemical
2. A. lie B. goalie C. tie D. die
3. A. caps B. posts C. swimmers D. books
Choose the word whose main stress is placed differently from the others:
4. A. goalie B. football C. water D. depend
5. A. personal B. environment C. defensive D. decision
B. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR: Choose one word or phrase that best fits the blank space in
each sentence:
6. _____ the start of each period, both teams line up on their own goal line.
A. In B. For C. At D. From
7. A water polo ball is constructed of waterproof material to allow it to float _______ the water.
A. on B. over C. above D. in
8. There are six field player positions and a goalkeeper ______ each team.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
A. from B. with C. on D. for
9. Players can move the ball by throwing it _______ a teammate or swimming while pushing the ball
in front of them.
A. for B. to C. into D. from
10. We were very excited _______ the game last night.
A. in B. at C. on D. about
11. They are going to _______ the pool to 1.8 meter.
A. deepen B. depth C. deep D. deeply
12. The referee had no hesitation in awarding the visiting team a _______.
A. penal B. penalize C. penalty D.
penalization
13. The referee's _______ is the most important in any sport competition.
A. decide B. decision C. decisive D. decider
14. _______ players are not allowed to interfere with the opponent's movements unless the player is
holding the ball.
A. Defense B. Defensively C. Defender D.
Defensive
15. _______ is a sport in which two or more people perform complicated and carefully planned
movements in water in time to music.
A. Synchronized swimming B. Windsurfing C. Diving D. Rowing
16. If a defender _______ a foul within the five meter area that prevents a likely goal, the attacking
team is awarded a penalty throw or shot.
A. punches B. interferes C. commits D. touches
17. The more goals the players _______, the more exciting the match became.
A. marked B. scored C. made D. sprinted
18. After a tie, there are two overtime periods of three minutes each.
A. penalty B. goal C. score D. draw
19. I have never taken part in any water sports _______ I cannot swim.
A. because of B. because C. due to D. despite
20. Many people do not like scuba diving _______.
A. because of dangerous B. because it is dangerous C. because its danger D. due to it
is dangerous
21. The news of war _______ and the world.
A. shocked the nation B. was shocked by the nation C. shocking the nation D. shocked
by the nation
22. The player _______ his hat-trick.
A. will reward for B. will be rewarded C. will reward D. will be
rewarded for
23. Before the end of the term, I _______ all the required reading.
A. was finished by B. had been finished by C. had been finished D. had
finished
24. Sara speaks _______ fast that I can't understand her.
A. so B. very C. too D. less
25. Would you mind _______ me a hand with this bag?
A. give B. giving C. to give D. to giving
26. “Thank you very much for a lovely party.” - “________”.
A. Thanks B. Have a good day C. You’re welcome D. Cheers
27. When I came to visit her last night, she ________ a bath.
A. is having B. was having C. were having D. had
28. Dien Bien Phu is the place ________ our army won a resounding victory in 1954.
A. where B. that C. what D. which
29. I knew they were talking about me ________ they stopped when I entered the room.
A. because B. so that C. however D. therefore
30. “ I’m sorry for keeping you waiting so long.” – “_______.”
A. Thank you B. Me, too C. I’m sorry D. That’s all
right

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
C. ERROR IDENTIFICATION : Identify one underlined word or phrase that is incorrect:
31. Since 1984 the sport has included in the Olympic Games as part of the yachting events.
A B C D
32. The sport was became very popular in Europe and by the late 70's there was windsurfing fever in
Europe
A B C
with one in every three households having a sailboard.
D
33. The first world championship of windsurfing held in 1973.
A B C D
34. My family spent an interested holiday in Europe last summer.
A B C D
35. They asked me what did I do last night, but I was unable to tell them.
A B C D
D. Make the correct choice to complete each sentence:

36. We lived in that ______ on the corner.
A. old house brick small B. brick small old house
C. small old brick house D. house brick small old
37. He took his seat quietly ________.
A. so as not to disturb their conversation B. so as to disturb their conversation
C. in order not disturb their conversation D. in order for him not to disturb their
conversation
38. If I had enough money, ______.
A. I will buy that house B. I could buy that house
C. I can buy that house D. I would have bought that house
39. _____ that no one would ask for tips.
A. The tourists found it strange B. The tourist were strange to find
C. The tourists found strange D. It found strange tourists
40. Dr Sales is the person____.
A. in that I don’t have much confidence B. whom I don’t have much confidence in
him
C. I don’t have much confidence D. in whom I don’t have much confidence
Unit 12 : Water sports

nd
The 72 period
Date : 18/ 02/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: Water Sports
Unit 12
Reading
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: By the end of this lesson, students learn
about water sports and they have knowledge
to play it
2. Knowledge:

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- General knowledge: Students can understand rules of playing
water sports
- Language:
- New words: Words related to water sports
3. Skills: - Guessing meaning from context
- Passage comprehension
- Reading for specific information
III. Teaching aids: textbooks, some pictures of water sports
IV. Procedure:

- Hangs up 2 pictures of water - Look at pictures and
sport and football answer all the
- Asks some questions: questions
1. What kinds of sports are in
the pictures? - Answer freely
2. Where can people play
these sports?
3. How do people play them?
4. Which sport do you think is
more popular?
- Leads in new lesson: Water
sports

minutes) - Look at pictures and
- Ask students to close the guess meaning of 2
books new words
- Shows 2 pictures and says:
the sport in picture A is “water
polo” and in picture B, the
read team plays against the - Listen to the teacher
white team, so the red one is and write down
the “opponent” of the white
one.
- Explains some new words if
necessary
Water polo (n) : Moân boùng
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
nöôùc
- Tie (n) : Traän hoaø
- Vertical (a) : Phöông thaúng
ñöùng
- Foul (n) : Phaïm luaät , sai
soùt
- Oppenent (n) : Ñoái thuû ,
ñoái phöông - Read individually
- Penalty (n) : Hình phaït
- Eject (v) : Ñaåy ra , toáng
ra,ñuoåi ra
- Goalie (n) : Ngöôøi giöõ - Do the task
khung thµnh independently
Key:
While you read : (23 1. e 2. c 3.a 4.b
minutes) 5.d
- Asks students to open the
books and read the passage
silently
- Lets students do task 1
Task 1 : - Work in pairs and do
- Asks students to do the task the task
invidually then compare Key:
answers with partner 1. 18 ; 30 metres; 20
- Checks answers with the metres
whole class and gives 2. white caps; blue
feedback caps; red caps with
the number 1 in
Task 2: white.
- Asks students to do the task 3. Their own goal
in pairs and read scan the lines.
passage to find information in 4. Holding or
the text to fill words in the punching the ball.
blanks 5. Five to eighty
- Goes round to give help minutes.
- Checks answers and give
feedback - Do independently
first then work in
pairs

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Present answers in
front of the class and
correct in notebook
Key:
Task 3: 1. People can play it
- Ask students to find answers in a pool.
for all questions in the passage 2. It is in the centre of
individually first, then compare the pool.
in pairs 3.The ball can be
- Calls some students to advanced by passing
present their answers in front with one hand or
of the class swimming with the
- Listens to the students and head above the water
corrects mistakes and the balol between
- Calls on some students to the arm so it rides on
write answers on the board the wave create by
- Corrects mistakes again the swimming’s head
4. Only the goalie can
hold/ is allowed to
hold the ball with
both hands.
5. The player is
ejected after
committing
fivepersonal fouls.
- Work in 2 groups
After you read : (8 - Do the task

minutes)
- Divides the class into 2
groups: one talks about
football and another talks
about water polo
- Asks students to do as the
table in textbook - Representative of
- Maybe asks students some each group expresses
questions: the own ideas in front
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
1. Would you like to try water of the class
polo? Why or why not? - Listen to their
2. Do you think it’s more or friend’s talking and
less dangerous than football or give comment
other sports? Why?
- Goes round to help
- Calls each group to present - Listen to the teacher
- Gives comments and write down

- Asks students to write a
paragraph about ideas of
water polo (about 100 words)
- Asks students to prepare part
B. Speaking at home
The73rd Period
Date: 20/ 02/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: Water sports
Unit 12
Speaking
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: By the end of this lesson, students can
talk about some water sports that they prefer
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students learn about some water sports
- Language: asking and answering about water sports
- New words: words related to water sports
3. Skills: - Talking about types of water sports
- Giving opinions and preferences about water sports
III. Teaching aids: pictures, textbooks
IV. Procedure:

Pre- speaking: (5 minutes)
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
close - Listen to the
- Says: “In just one minute, teacher
look at the pictures and write - Look at the
down on a piece of paper a list pictures and try to
of equipments which are used tell some
to play with these types of equipments of water
water sports” sports (ex: ball, air
- Asks students to work in tank, mask, fins,
groups oars, boat, board,
- Calls some groups to speak regulator, wet suit,
their answers sail ect. )
- Declares the winner
minutes)
Task 1 - Look at pictures
- Ask students to look at and try to
pictures and match names of remember
equipments with names of - Correct
water sports and retell names pronunciation
of each sport themselves
- Calls some students to speak 1. Swimming
- Correct pronunciation 4. Windsurfing
2. Water polo
5. Scuba- diving
3. Synchronized
swimming
Task 2 6. Rowing
- Asks students to look at the - Look at the book
table and talk about each type
of water sports - Work
- Lets students do individually independently
- Goes round to check their
activities - Practise speaking
- Calls some students to with the teacher
practise speaking model - Work in pairs
converstations - Listen to their
- Asks students practise in friends
pairs
- Calls some pairs to present in
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
front of the class and corrects
mistakes
Post-speaking : (10 - Work in small

minutes) groups
Task 3
- Asks students to work in
small groups to talk about - Listen to their
their favourite water sports friends and gives
following examples comments
- Goes round to provide help
- Calls some students to speak - Listen to the
loudly in front of the class teacher
- Corrects pronunciation and
gives comments
- Gives marks
- Listen to the
Homework: (3 minutes) teacher
- Ask students to prepare Part - Write down the
C- Listening and do homework homework
The 74th period

Date : 22/ 02/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: Water sports
Unit 12
Listening
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
1. Educational aim: By the end of this lesson, students will
understand synchronized swimming
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students learn more about synchronized
swimming
- New words: Words related to synchronized swimming
3. Skills: - Listening and choosing multiple-choice questions
- Listening and understanding comprehension
questions
III. Teaching aids: Student’s book
IV. Procedure:

- Asks students to close the - Close the books
- Asks some questions: teacher
1. Where are they playing? - Answer freely
2. What are the special - It is like ballet. It is
features of this sport? the combination of
3. Is it a popular sport? diving and
- Lets students read some new gymnastics.
words first in chorus then read - Read in chorus
individually then individually
- Calls some students to read
new words
- Corrects pronunciation
minutes)
Task 1 - Read questions
- Ask students to read 5
multiple-choice questions in
the books first and underline - Listen to the tape
key words carefully and then
- Plays the tape 2 times and do the task
lets students to do the task - Give answers:
- Checks the answers and asks 1-B- 2-C- 3-A- 4-B-
students to give evidences 5-A
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Gives feedback
Task 2 - Read the questions

- Asks students to read first
questions to understand the
content - Listen to the tape
- Asks students to listen to theKey:
tape once again to answer the 1. The great
questions Australian swimmer,
- Calls some students to Annette Kellerman
answers questions did.
- Calls 5 students to write the 2. She found a
answers on the board water ballet club in
- Corrects mistakes 1923.
3. Curtis did.
4. They were
conducted in 1946.
5. It became an
Olympic event in
After-listening: (15 1984.
minutes)
- Asks students to talk about - Work in groups to
history of synchronized practise
swimming using the cues in
the books - Listen to their
- Asks students to work in friends and correct
groups to practise mistakes
- Calls some groups to present
- Gives comments - Listen to the
teacher
- Remember them to prepare
Part- Writing at home -Listen to the
teacher and write
down homework

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 75th period

Date: 24/ 02/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: Water Sports
Unit 12
Writing
Time 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
know some ways of instructing when playing
sports
2. General knowledge: Students learn how to give
instructions
- Language: Instructing
- New words: Words related to instructed words
3. Skills: Writing to give instructions
III. Teaching aids: Student’s book, notebook
IV. Procedure:

- Asks students to keep book - Keep book close
- Asks students a question: teacher and answer
What do you often do before the question: We
practising sports? have to do warming
- Leads in new lesson: “Today up exercises.
we will have to write the
instructions for warming up
exercises before swimming.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng

Task 1 - Read the task
- Asks students to read task 1 - Work in pairs
pairs to match each sentence
with one appropriate action
- Goes round to provide help - Practise the task
- Calls 2 students for each
checking: one reads - Listen to the
instructions and one practise teacher and copy
- Supplies more word phrases: down
bend forward/ left/ right
feet apart/ feet touching
put your hands to the sides
raise your hands above
or some conjuntions: first,
then, after that, finally ect.
Task 2
- Asks students to look at the - Look at the picture
picture in taks 2 and use some and do the task
useful expression above to
write the instructions for one
warm-up exercise before
playing water polo - Do independently
- Asks students to write
individually - Work in groups
- Goes round to help Key:
- Lets students deliver to 1. Set yourself in
check mistakes in groups vertical position.
- Calls one student to write on 2. Stand with your
the board feet apart, raise
- Gives comments and gives your hands above
mark your head.
3. Bend forward,
fingertips touch the
ground.
4. Then bend again,
fingertips touch the
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
ground between the
feet.
5. Finally put each
arm back to the first
Homework: (2 minutes) position.
- Ask students to do part
writing of Unit 1 in the - Listen to the
student’s work book and teacher and write
preapare part Language Focus down homework
The 76th period

Date: 27/ 02/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: Water Sports
Unit 12
Language Focus
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: By the end of this lesson, students will be
able to:
- pronounce the words that have deaf sounds
- review grammar point: transitive and intransitive verbs
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students learn how to use elision and
transitive and intransitive verbs
- Language: - Transitive and intransitive verbs
- Elision
- New words: Words related to elision
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
3. Skills: Pronoucing elision and using transitive and
intransitive verbs
IV. Procedure:

- Ask students to read words - Read follow the
following the tape tape
*Listen and repeat :
- Read loudly then ask students
to repeat - Read in chorus
- Introduce : elision then individually
- Correct pronunciation for the
students
* Practise these sentences - Listen to the tape
- Read the sentences loudly and practise
- Ask students to repeat speaking
- Correct pronunciation for
students
Grammar and vocabulary:(4 - Listen to the
minutes) teacher
- Introduce exercises to the - Read the
students sentences and
- Let students see all underline verbs
sentences in part - Give comments:
Pronunciation and give 1. the verbs “do,
comments of verbs like, climb, deliver”
- Gives explaination: + Obj
1. verbs + obj = transitive 2. the verbs “sleep”
verbs + no Obj
2. verbs + not obj = - Listen to the
intransitive verbs teacher and write
- Asks students to make down
questions with “who/ whom/ - Make questions in
what” in pairs pairs
- Calls some students to give
their answers
- Corrects mistakes - Do individually
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Exercise 1: (8 minutes) then in pairs
- Asks students to do Exercise Key:
1 Intransitive verbs:
- Introduce how to do it sleep, lie, occur,
- Lets them work individually arrive, rain, exist
then compare with partner
- Walks round, checks and - Do the task in
gives feedback pairs
Exercise 2 (8 minutes)
- Introduces Exercise 2 to - Make sentences:
students and explain how to 1. I help my friend
do it to do homework.
- Asks students to put the 2. My father has
verbs into the right column grown many kinds
“transitive or intransitive of flowers.
verbs” .....................
- Asks students to do it in pairs
- Checks the answers and asks
students to make sentences - Listen to the
with those verbs teacher and copy
- Corrects mistakes down
* Remarks:
- Most transitive verbs can be
used in the passive
- Intransitive verbs can never - Listen to the
be used in passive teacher
Exercise 3: (10 minutes) - Do the task in
- Introduces Exercise 3 to groups
students and explain how to Key:
do it 1. The bill will be
- Asks students to do it paid by An.
- Lets them work in groups to 3. Towels are
find sentences that have supplied by the
transitive verbs, then turn hotel.
them into passive 5. My mistakes were
- Walks round and help them noticed by
- Checks, corrects mistakes everyone.
7. I wasn’t surprised
by the news.
9. The story was
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
told by an old man.
Homework : (2 minutes) - Listen to the

- Asks students to do Part teacher and write
Language Focus and prepare down
the next lesson

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 77th period

Date : 02/ 3/ 2009
Grade 12
I. Objectives:
the next test.
IV. Procedures:

A. PRONUNCIATION: (1.25points) (5
minutes)
- Repeat the questions
passage again carefully - Look at their paper
out their answers, and the resutls with the
correct or not. - Get the correct
aloud keys
B. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR:
(6.25points) (15 minutes)
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
again carefully
- Call some students to read
out their answers, and the - Look at their paper
others give remarks if it is - Compare the
correct or not results with the
- Finally read the keys out others
aloud - Get the correct
C. ERROR IDENTIFICATION :(1.25 answers from the
points): (5 minutes) keys
- Show the passage again
several times
- Call some students to write - Look at the writing
their answers on the board, again and compare
and the others give remarks if it with the others
it is correct or not - Correct the wrong
- Finally read the keys out sentences base on
aloud the key
D. Make the correct choice to
complete each sentence: (1.25
points) (10 minutes)
again carefully - Look at their paper
out their answers, and the results with the
correct or not - Get the correct
aloud keys
Homework: (5 minutes) - Prepare Unit 13:

Ask students to prepare Unit The 22nd Sea Games
13 The 22nd Sea Games at at home

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
home
Unit 13: The 22nd Sea Games

The 78th period
Date : 06/ 3/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: The 22nd Sea Games
Unit 13
Reading
Time: 45
I. Objectives:
able to:
- Scan for specific information
- Give vietnamese equivalents to words and
phrases
- Answer the questions
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students can understand the 22nd Sea
Games
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Language: Giving Vietnamse equivalents to words and
phrases
- New words: Words related to Sea Games
3. Skills: - Scanning for specific information
- Passage comprehension
III. Teaching aids: textbooks, some pictures of Sea Games
IV. Procedure:

- Lets students to listen to a - Listen to the song
song “V× mét thÕ giíi ngµy and answer questions
mai” and tell what song it is
- Asks some questions: 1. The 22nd Sea
1. In what event was it first Games
sung? 2. In Vietnam – in
2. When and where was this 2003
event held?
- Leads in new lesson: The 22nd
Sea Games
pairs to look at picture and - Look at picture and
answer the questions answer the question
1. Where event was it? 1. In 2003
2. Where do you think the 2. In Ha Noi
event took place?
- Goes round to listen to - Listen to the teacher
students
- Calls some pairs to answer
- Leads in new lesson
While-reading : (25 - Read individually

minutes)
- Asks students to open the
books and read the passage
silently - Do the task
- Lets students do task 1 independently
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Task 1 : Key:
- Asks students to do the task 1. ngêi say mª thÓ
invidually then compare thao
answers with partner 2. ®oµn kÕt
- Asks students try to guess 3. danh hiÖu
meanings through the passage 4. thÓ dôc thÓ h×nh
or look up dictionary 5. tinh thÇn cao
- Checks answers with the 6. ®ång bµo
whole class and gives
feedback
- Read individually
Task 2: then compare their
- Asks students to scan the answers with partners
passage and find information Key:
to complete the sentences 1. the 5th to 13th
- Asks students to do December, 2003
individually first then compare 2. 90 golds
with partner 3. the Swimming and
- Goes round to give help Shooting Events
- Checks answers and give 4. some point in the
feedback future
- Calls some students to read
loudly completed sentences - Work in pairs to
answer the question
Task 3: - Listen to their
- Asks students to find answers friends and the
for all questions in the passage teacher
in pairs - Correct answers
- Goes round to provide help Key:
- Calls some students to 1. It was solidarity,
present their answers in front co-operation for
of the class peace and
- Listens to the students and development.
corrects mistakes 2. 444 gold medals
- Calls on some students to were won at the Sea
write answers on the board Games.
- Corrects mistakes again 3. The Vietnamese
Women’s Football
team successfully
defended the Sea
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Games title.
4. The Thai Men’s
Football team won
the gold medal.
5. It was because
firstly, to prepare for
the 22nd Sea Games,
Vietnam carried out
an intensive
programme for its
athletes, which
included training in
facilities, both home
and abroad; secondly,
with the strong
support of their
After you read : (8 countrymen, the
minutes) Vietnamese athletes
- Asks students to work in competed in high
groups and talk about names spirits.
of some of the Vietnamese
athletes they love and say
what they are famous for, and - Work in groups
what aspects of sportsmanship
they admire - Do the task
- Goes round to help students
- Calls some students to
present in front of the class
- Listens to students and - Some students to
correct mistakes, gives marks practise talking
- Listen to their
friends’ talking and
Home work: (2 minutes) give comment
paragraph about their beloved
athletes (about 100 words)
- Asks students to prepare part - Listen to the teacher
B. Speaking at home and write down

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 79th Period

Date: 09/ 3/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: The 22nd Sea Games
Unit 13
Speaking
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
able to be expected to report some of the
records at the 22nd SEA Games the sports
results of the match.After that, they can use
it in the real life.
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students can understand some of the
records at the 22nd Sea Games
- Language: asking and answering about records at the 22nd
SEA Games
- New words: words related to some sports at the 22nd SEA
Games
3. Skills: - Talking about sports events of the 22nd SEA Games
- Talking about (reporting) sports results
III. Teaching aids: pictures, textbooks
IV. Procedure:

Pre- speaking: (10
- Divides the class into 2 teacher
groups: each group names of - Work in groups
the sport under each symbol.
The group gives more names
will be the winner - Observe the board
and listen to students - Listen to the
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Calls 2 groups to present teacher and copy
their results on the board down names of
- Corrects pronunciation and sports
mistakes
- Declares the winner
minutes) - Look at pictures
Task 1 and try to
- Asks students to look at remember
symbols and names of sports - Correct
- Calls some students to speak pronunciation
- Corrects pronunciation and themselves
gives answers 1. football (soccer)
2. tennis
3. swimming
4. cycling
5. basketball
Task 2 6. (running)
- Asks students to look at the athletics
books and talk about some of
the records at the 22nd SEA - Look at the book
Games, using the information
in the table - Work
- Asks students to pronouce independently
some words (names of
athletes and sports) - Practise speaking
- Lets students work in pairs with the teacher
- Goes round to check their - Work in pairs
activities - Listen to their
- Calls some students to friends
practise speaking A: Hi Lam. What are
you doing?
B: Well, I’m
searching for sport
records at the 22nd
SEA Games.
A: It’s great. Could
you tell me about
the record of the
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Men’s 200 meters?
B: A man coming
from Thailand won
the game.
A: What’s his name?
B: He’s Boonthung.
A: What was his
Post-speaking : (13record?
minutes) B: He ran 200
Task 3 meters in 20,14
- Asks students to work in seconds.
small groups to make a report A: Wow! How
on the sports results, using exellent he was! He
information in the scoreboard ran very fast.
- Calls some students to speak
loudly in front of the class
- Corrects pronunciation and - Work in groups
gives comments Suggestions:
- Gives marks - Thailand and
Malysia played in
the Women’s
Football Third-Place
Playoff. The Thai
team won the
bronze medal. The
results (score) was
6-1.
- Thailand and
Vietnam played in
the Men’s Football
Homework: (2 minutes) Final. The Thai team
- Ask students to prepare Part won the gold medal.
C- Listening and do homework The score was 2-1.
- Thailand and
Vietnam played in
the Women’s
Volleyball Final. The
Thai team won the
gold medal. The
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
score was 3-0.
- Listen to the
teacher
- Write down the
homework
The 80th period

Date: 11/ 3/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: The 22nd SEA Games
Unit 13
Listening
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
know more about the athletes’ records in the

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
22nd Southeast Asian Games as well as their
jobs when the Games are over
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students learn more about records in the
22nd SEA Games and pole vaulting
- New words: Words related to pole vaulting
3. Skills: - Listening and answering comprehension questions
IV. Procedure:

- Asks to work in pairs to look - Work in pairs to
at the picture and answer the answer the
question questions
- Goes round to listen to
students - Listen to their
- Calls some pairs to speak out friends
- Corrects pronunciation
- Asks some questions to pre-
teach new words:
1. When some body has won 1. The podium
the medal, where does he - Listen to the
stand to get the prize? teacher and write
2. tempting (adj) = attractive down
- Lets students read loudly
some new words - Read in chorus
- Calls some students to repeat
- Corrects pronunciation - Correct their
pronunciation
While-listening: (20 themselves
minutes)
Task 1
- Says: “You will hear a
newspaper article about
Amnat, the winner in the 22nd - Read questions
SEA Games Pole Vaulting first
competition. Listen to the tape
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
and answer the questions”
- Asks students read questions
first to understand the
contents
- Plays the tape the 1st time, - Listen to the tape
reminds students to new carefully and then
words: do the task
+ clear (v): nh¶y qua - Give answers:
+ break (v): ph¸ kØ lôc 1. one
- Plays the tape 2nd time and 2. Thailand
asks students only give short 3. 4,8m
answers 4. No, he didn’t.
answer
- Calls 4 students to write
- Corrects mistakes and gives - Read the
correct answers statements first
Task 2 - Listen to the tape
- Asks students to listen to the Key:
2nd newspaper article about 1. 1. T
the players of Vietnam’s 2. F
Women’s Football team and 3. T
decide whether the 4. T
statements are T or F 5. F
- Plays the tapes 2 times
- Checks answers and asks - Work in groups to
students to give their practise
evidences - Listen to their
- Corrects the answers friends and correct
mistakes
After-listening: (15 Suggestion:
minutes) Goal keeper: Dang
- Asks students to work in Kieu Trinh- Football
groups to discuss the question: players: Do Hong
Which Vietnamese Tien, Le Thi Oanh
footballer(s) do you like best? ect.
Why?
- Goes round to provide help - Listen to the
- Calls some groups to present teacher and write
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Gives comments down
The 81st period

Date: 13/ 3/ 2009
Grade 12
Unit 13
Writing
Time 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
able to describe a Sporting event (a football
match)
2. General knowledge: Students learn how to write describing
a football match
- Language:
- New words: Words related to football
3. Skills: Describing a sporting event (a football match)
III. Teaching aids: Student’s book, notebook
IV. Procedure:

Task 1: - Listen to the
- Says: “You are going to write a teacher and work in
description of a football match pairs
between your school’s team and Suggestions:
one of your neighbouring + Introduction:
schools’ teams. The following 1. Why was the
are the questions you have to football match held?
answer when describing the 2. What teams took
match, but they are jumbled. part in the match?
You should work with a partner 3. When and where
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
and put the questions in the did the match take
suitable sections” place?
- Suggests students order the + Details of the
sentences with 3 parts: match:
Introduction- Details of the 1. What was the
match- Conclusion weather like on that
- Walks round to help day?
- Calls some students to give 2. How did each
answers team play in the
first half?/ second
half?
3. What was the
spectators’ attitude?
4. Which team
played better?
5. Who scored a
goal?
+ Conclusion:
While-writing: (18 minutes) 1. What was the
Task 2 result?
- Asks students to read all 2. What did you
questions again and answer think about the
them game?
- Has students read Useful
Languge to improve their
answers - Read the questions
- Gives some suggestions to - Work in pairs
students:
Nouns: players/ captain/
defender/ stricker/ goal keeper/
referee - Listen to the
Verbs: infringe/ dribble/ pass the teacher and copy
ball ect. down
- Calls some students to answer
- Corrects mistakes
- Asks students write answers in
notebooks

Task 3
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
description of the football match - Look at the picture
mentioned above by using and do the task
suggested above words
- Asks students to work
individually
- Goes round to provide help - Do independently
- Calls some students to read - Listen to their
loudly their writing friends and correct
- Corrects mistakes and gives mistakes
marks
- Ask students to do part writing
of Unit 1 in the student’s work - Listen to the
book and preapare part teacher and write
Language Focus down homework
The 82nd period

Date: 15/ 3/ 2009
Grade 12
Unit 13
Language Focus
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
able to:
- practise linking
- review and practise: Double comparison
2. Knowledge:
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- General knowledge: Students learn how to use linking and
review comparison
- Language: - Linking
- Comparison
- New words: Words related to linking and comparison
3. Skills: Pronoucing linking
IV. Procedure:

- Ask students to look at these - Look at the books
sentences and give comments
on those sentences
- Has students to pay attention - Listen to the
on linking: the last consonant teacher
of 1st word with a vowel of
following word
Ex: look-at, quite-old...
*Listen and repeat :
- Read loudly then ask students - Listen to the tape
to repeat and practise
- Calls some students to read speaking
again
- Correct pronunciation for the
students
- Listen to the
Grammar : (25 minutes) teacher
- Introduce exercises to the
students
- Work in pairs and
Exercise 1: do the task
- Asks students to do Exercise Key:
1 2.e- 3.a- 4.b- 5. d-
- Introduce how to do it 6.g- 7.f
- Lets them work in pairs to do
matching with the instruction:
comparative + and +
comparative
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Walks round, checks and
gives feedback
- Listen to the
Exercise 2
teacher and copy
- Introduces Exercise 2 to
down
students and explain how to
Key:
do it
1. shorter and
- Asks students to work
shorter
individually and complete the
2. more and more
sentences using comparative
expensive
structure: comparative + and
3. worse and worse
+ comparative
4. more and more
- Reminds students to
complicated
remember short- adjectives
5. better and better
and long adjectives
6. more and more
comparison
active
- Calls some students to give
7. more and more
their answers
difficult
- Corrects the answers
8. closer and closer
- Listen to the
Exercise 3: (10 minutes)
teacher
- Introduces Exercise 3 to
do it
- Do the task
- Asks students to do complete
individually first
the sentences, using the
then in pairs
structure “the + comparative,
Key:
the + comparative”
1. The warmer the
- Asks students to do the task
weather, the better I
individually first then compare
feel.
with partners
2. The more you
- Goes round to observe
practise your
English, the faster
present their answers
you will learn.
- Corrects mistakes and gives
3. The longer he
feedbacks
waited, the more
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
impatient he
became.
4. The more
electricity you use,
the higher your bill
will be.
5. The more
expensive the hotel,
the better the
service.
6. The more I got to
know him, the more
I liked him.
Homework : (2 minutes) 7. The more you
- Asks students to do Part have, the more you
Language Focus and prepare want.
Test yourself F.
- Asks students to make some - Listen to the
sentences with the teacher and write
comparative structures down
they’ve reviewed

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 83rd period

Date : 17/ 03/ 2009
Grade 12
Test yourself E

listening, writing.
hand-outs…
IV. Procedures:

about the test yourself E questions
home?
Test yourself


Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
with the words they have just 1. illustration,
heard 2. preserve, 3. bamboo,
- Go round the class to control 4. 868, 5. knowlege.
the work
II. Reading (2.5 points) (10 and decide which
minutes) type of sport (A- F).
- Present the task: Read the - Work in groups to
passgae and decide which type discuss about the
of sport (A- F). passage
- Get students to work in - Finish the task
groups, discuss about the - Compare their
passage results with the
- Go round the class to control other groups, and
the discussion correct.
- State the best option Keys:
- Correct mistakes 1. B, 2. D, 3. A, 4. C,
5. F.
- Listen to the
teacher
- Work in groups to
complete the
III. Grammar(2.5 points) (8 sentences
- Recall the grammar of articals. results with the
- Giude students how to do other groups
- Give them some newwords: - Correct mistakes
- Do the first as an example. Keys:
- Ask students to to the exercise. 1. I - T, 2. T - I,
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Call the to to on board. 3. T - I, 4. I - T,
- Go round the class to control 5. T - I , 6. I - T,
the set’s activities 7. I - T, 8. I - T,
- State the keys 9. I - T, 10. T - I.
- Correct mistakes
- Listen to the
teacher carefully.
IV. Writing(2.5 points) (7 - Work in groups or
minutes) in pairs then write.
- Giude students how to write - Compare the
- Give students some models and results with the
structures to writes.. other groups.
- Ask students to write.
- Call the to to on board. - Correct mistakes
the students’ activities
- Correct mistakes
- Study all the
Homework (5 minutes) lessons again and
- Ask students: prepare Unit 14 –
+ to study all the lessons Reading.
again
+ to prepare Unit 14 –
Reading.
Unit 14 : INTERNATIONAL
ORGANIZATIONS
The 84th period
Date : 19/3/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: International Organizations
Unit 14
Reading
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
1. Educational aim: Students should know about International
Red Cross
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students know about activities of
International Red Cross
- Language: Students could understand and use new words
after reading
- New words: Words related to International Red Cross
III. Teaching aids: Student’s book and pictures, etc.
IV. Procedure:
- Lead out the hand out and ask - Open the book
students matching the names - Listen to the teacher
of organizations with the - Look at the
pictures blackboard and put
- Let students understand two words together
more about these - Listen to the teacher
organizations, today we learn and open the book –
Unit 14- part A: Reading Unit 14, part A:
reading
minutes)
- Ask students to use the - Look at the book,
suggestion in their books to listen to the teacher
work in pairs and work in pairs:
- Ask and answer questions : -Answer the questions
1,what kind of activities is this 1,giving medical aids-
organization involved in? taking care of victims
2,Is there a national Red Cross of poverty
Society in Vietnam? 2,Yes
- Listen to students and correct
pronunciation and grammar if
necessary - Listen to the teacher
While you read : (23 then read the
minutes) passages
- Ask students to look through - Ask some new words
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
the passage and read in if necessary
silence
passage - Keep the book open
- Explain pronunciation and - Listen to the teacher
meaning of new words which then do task 1
appear in the passage - Ask the teacher if
Task 1 : (3 minutes) necessary
- Ask students to choose the - work individual or in
best words in the box to group
complete the following - Write down in the
sentences notebook
- Let students work individual
or in groups
- Help students if necessary - Listen to the teacher
Keys: -work individually and
1,dedicated 2,appealed then work in pair and
3,initiated compare
4,appalled 5,resulted
Task 2: (4 minutes)
-Ask students go through the
reading text and decide
whether the statements are - Try to answer the
true or false questions
-Walk round the classroom and - Practice with a
correct mistakes partner then write
-Keys: 1. T, 2. T, 3. T ,4. F, 5. T. them down in the
Task 3: (6 minutes) note books
- Ask students to answer the - Ask the teacher if
following questions necessary
- Ask students look through
the passages then try to
answer the questions in right
way
- Let them work in pairs - Listen to the teacher
- Help students if necessary -Work in pairs
(the answers in the passage) - The students who
- Walk round the classroom are called to stand up
and correct mistakes to talk loudly are
After you read : (8 intelligent ones
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
minutes)
- Ask students to read the - Listen to the teacher
passage again and fill a and write down
suitable word for the following homework
paragraph
- Listen to students and
correct mistakes
-Keys:1,appalled,2,lack .
3,of,4.in
- Ask students to write a short
passage about the role of the
Red Cross society in your
country (80 words)
- Prepare Part B : Speaking at
home
The 85th Period
Date 21/ 3/ 2009
Grade 12
Unit 14
Speaking
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students could ask and answer about
international organizations in the world
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: By the end of the lesson students can
practise a dialogue about some international organizations
- Language: asking for and giving information from a passage
- New words: words related to the topic
3. Skills: talking about international organizations and their
activities in charity and volunteer work
III. Teaching aids: pictures ,textbook,....
IV. Procedure:

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Ask students to look at the teacher
logos and match them with the - Look at the board
organizations they stand for and try to
- Check in front of the class remember name
- Tell students to understand and logo of each
more about international organization
organizations
(We learn Unit 14, part-
speaking)
Pre-speaking : (12
- Look at student’s
minutes) book
- Ask students to read the teacher and
passage and answer the answer
questions about WHO -Keys:
1,WHO stands for
- Let them work in pairs World Health
- Listen to students and Organization
correct mistakes 2,It was established
on 7 April 1948
3,Its major objective
is the attainment by
all peoples of the
highest possible
level of health
4,Its major activities
are carrying out
research on medical
development and
While-speaking : (15 improving
minutes) international health
Task 2 care
- Ask students to talk about
the information about UNICEF
and WWF -Work in pairs and
- Let them work in groups ask and answer
- Walk round and help them A :I’m searching
- Ask some students to stand some information
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
up to talk again loudly about UNICEF .Could
- Listen and correct mistakes you tell me some?
B :Well,UNICEF
stands for the
United Nations
International
Children’s
Emergency Fund
Post-speaking : (10 A :When was it
minutes) founded:
Task 3 B :In 1948 in New
- Ask students to tell the York
classmates what you know ................
about one international
organization mentioned above
- Walk round and help them - Listen to the
- Let them work in groups teacher
- Ask some students to stand - Do task 3
up and tell loudly - Work in groups
- Listen and correct mistakes - The students are
called stand up and
tell loudly
The United Nations
International
Homework: (3 minutes) Children’s
- Ask students to write a Emergency Fund,
passage about UNICEF or WWF which was founded
(80 words) in1948 ,is eh United
- Ask students to prepare Part Nations funds for
C- Listening and do homework children .Its
headquarters are in
New York
,USA,.........
- Listen to the
teacher
- Write down the
homework
th
The 86 period
Date : 23/ 3/ 2009
Grade 12
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Unit 14
Listening
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should listen and give
information about United Nations
Organization
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students learn more about United Nations
- New words: Words related to United Nations
3. Skills: - Listening and comprehension questions
or no information
III. Teaching aids: Student’s book, pictures
IV. Procedure:

- Ask students to close the - Close the books
- Give some pictures and teacher
answer some questions - Work in groups
1,Who are they? and look at the
2 ,What are their job ? picture and answer
- Check some students and
mark
- If you want to know more
details about UN organization
we will go to Unit 14- part
Listening
Pre-listening: (7 minutes) - Listen to the
- Ask students to look at the teacher and open
part: Before listening textbooks
-Ask students to answer the
question - Look at the books
What do you know about the - Listen to the
organization in the picture? teacher
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Let them work in pairs and - Work in pairs
make questions
- Walk round, listen and help
students
- Read loudly the words: - Repeat loudly the
Destruction, organization, words and try to
independence, international... remember them
the words
- Listen and check
pronunciation
minutes) - Keep book open
Task 1 - Listen carefully
- Ask students to listen to the and choose the best
first part of the passage and answer
circle the best answer to the Key: 1C.2D.3C
following questions
- Let them read through these
sentences
- Read loudly or turn on the - Keep book open
typescript three times and listen to the
- Help them if necessary teacher
Task 2 - Read the
- Ask students to look through sentences in task 2
the sentences in task 2 and try to
- Ask students to listen to the understand them
tapescript again and fill in the - Listen to the
missing words typescript again and
-let students compare their fill in the missing
answers with the partners’ words
answers
- Ask students to give reasons
for their answers
Key: 1.solve international
problems
2,the UN 3,in its goals 4,at -Discuss and find
war 5.independece out the names of
After-listening: (10 international
minutes) organizations they
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Ask students to open the have known
books - The students who
- Ask them to list as many as are called go to
possible the names of the board and write
international organizations you down your answer
have known so far
- Let them work in pairs
- Walk round and help
students
-Listen to the
- Ask some students to stand teacher and write
up and go to board and write down homework
the names of the international
organizations
- Listen and correct mistakes
passage about UN
The 87th period
Date: 25/ 3/ 2009
Grade 12
Unit 14
Writing
Time 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should write a short description
of an international organization
2. General knowledge: Students learn how to write a
description , stages of a description
- Language:
3. Skills: Writing a narrative
III. Teaching aids: Student’s book, notebook, some pictures
IV. Procedure:

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Ask students to keep book - Keep book close
- Ask students put the words teacher and work in
into correct columns then say pairs
what organization the y belong
to ?
- Check and explain them to
the class: - Listen to the
Pre-writing: (10 minutes) teacher
- Ask student to work in groups and open the books
and go through the list of
suggestions above.Tell your - Read the task1
friend the reason why you - Ask the teacher if
would like to work for WHO or necessary
WWF.
- Explain some new words
- Walk around, check and help
students
- Explain to student to some
questions using their opinion
While-writing: (18 minutes) - Listen to the
Task 2 teacher
- Ask students to do task 2 - Do task 2 in
-Ask students to use the ideas groups
you have discusses above to
write a paraghaph about the
reasons you choose to work
for one of the above
international organizations
Begin as followed “I’d like to
work for....”
- Go round, check and help
students - Some students
Post-writing: (10 minutes) read loudly their
- Give suggestions and products in front of
corrections the class
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Ask students to read Everyone has his or
another’s description her own choice .To
- Ask some students to read me, supposed I was
loudly their description offered to work for
one of the
- Correct mistakes and mark international
organizations, I’d
like to work for
WHO for a number
of reasons .First, if I
work for WHO ,I will
have an opportunity
to live...
- Ask students to do part - Listen to the
writing of Unit 14 in the teacher and write
student’s work book and down homework
prepare part Language Focus
The 88th period

Date: 27/ 3/ 2009
Grade 12
Unit 14
Language Focus
Time: 45 minutes
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should practice the falling tune
and use phrasal verbs
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students learn how to use phrasal verbs
- Language: Using the phrasal verbs
3. Skills: Intonation and phrasal verbs
III. Teaching aids: Student’s book, pictures
IV. Procedure:

- Ask students to look at their - Listen to the
books then introduce to them teacher
* Practise these sentences - Open the books
- Read the sentences loudly - Look at Practise
- Ask students to repeat the sentences
-Explain some cases to fall - Listen to the
tune :narrative sentences; teacher then repeat
imperative ;Wh-questions in chorus then
- Correct pronunciation for individual
students - Listen to the
teacher
Grammar and vocabulary:(4
minutes)
- Introduce exercises to the
students - Listen to the
- Let students get their teacher and give
attention to focus on phrasal some examples
verbs
Phrasal verbs :verbs -Examples: call for,
+preposition come cross, get
Phrasal verbs are used as over, take after...
transitive verbs
-Ask students give some
examples related to phrasal
verbs
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
-Do the excercise1
Exercise 1: (8 minutes) -work individually
- Ask students to do Exercise 1 and work in pair
- Introduce how to do it -Keys:1. give up, 2.
- Let them work in pairs fill in, 3. turn on, 4.
- Walk round, check and give take of, 5. wash
mark up, 6. look up
7. turn off, 8. fill
in/put on 9. go on.
- Listen to the
teacher and do
Exercise 2 (8 minutes)
exercise 2
- Introduce Exercise 2 to
-Keys: 1. in, 2. up,
3.out, 4. round, 5.
do it
on, 6. up,
- Ask students to do it
7. down, 8. away,
- Let them work individually
9.down, 10. on.
- Check, correct mistakes
Exercise 3: (10 minutes)

- Listen to the
- Introduce Exercise 3 to
teacher and do
exercise 3
do it
Key:
- Ask students to do it
1. turns up,
- Let them work individually
2. look after,
- Walk round and help them
3. takes after, 4.
- Check, correct mistakes, give
got over,
reasons and mark
5. held up, 6. try
out,
Homework : (2 minutes)
7. went off.
Ask students to do Part
Language Focus and prepare
to do the test 45 minutes
- Listen to the
teacher and write
down

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 89th period

Date : 29/ 3/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: test 45 minutes
Full name……………….
Class 12……………….
TEST 45’
I/ Pick out the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently.
1. a. taste b. tie c. crest d. digestion
2. a. scuba- diving b. hummock c. fund d.
punishment
3. a. enact b. eject c. penalty d. expedition
II/ Pick out the word that has the stress differently from
that of the other words.
4. a. bamboo b. leopard c. panda d. parrot
5. a. fascinating b. biology c. priority d.
endangerment
III/ Choose the best answer.
6. If the phone rings, it ……….be for me.
a. can b. will c. would d. shall
7. Although he tried he ……..not make it.
a. would b. should c. might d. could
8. I prefer scuba- diving……………………….
a. to windsurf b. than windsurf c. to
windsurfing d. than windsurfing
9. Mary, you are ………….to take part in the game.
a. supposed b. supported c. exposed d. indicated
10. Neither Mary nor her sister………….to join the water polo.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
a. go b. are going c have gone d. is going
11. Tell me ………..you want, and I’ll try to get it for you.
a. that do b. what do c. that if d. what
12. When people are driving, they ………..keep their eyes on
the road.
a. wouldn’t b. should c. would d. shouldn’t
13. What’s the name of the man………..car you borrowed?
a. who b. which c. that d. whose
14.Anyone…………….must pay before next Friday.
a. who are interested in the job b. who are
interesting in the job
c. who is interested in the job d. whose job is
interested
15. “ would you like to come on a picnic with us?” He….us to
come on a picnic with them.
a. advised b. ordered c. invited d. begged
16. My bicycle …………last night.
a. was stolen b. stolen c. was stealing d. stole
17. I can’t find my books. I………..it in the restaurant last night.
a. must have left b. had left c. left d.
might leave
18. I wish everything ………..so expensive.
a. would be b. wouldn’t be c. won’t be d. could be
19. We should plant trees along the streets to …………. Our
city.
a. beautiful b. beautifully c. beautify d. beauty
20. We had an ………..trip to Nam’s native village last Sunday.
a. enjoyed b. enjoyable c. enjoying d. enjoyment
21. Life in the countryside is very…………., isn’t it?
a. peace b. peaceful c. peacefully d.
peacefulness
22. You can select what you want; it’s your……….
a. choose b. chose c. chosen d. choice
23.The telephone went………., everyone wake up at one.
a. in b. on c. off d. with
24. I was born in New York but I grew………….in England.
a. at b. up c. about d. of
25. He ran too quickly so I can’t catch up ……….him.
a. off b. on c. with d. after

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
26.I wish you can see and hear all sort of people speaking here.
A B C D
27. The man told me don’t wander alone in the streets at night.
A B C D
28. Would you give up playing football if you break you leg?
A B C D
29. This is the place which I was born and grew up.
A B C D
30. I spoke very slowly in order the man could understand what
I said.
A B C D
IV/ Read the passage and choose the best answer.
The World Trade Organization ( WTO) , founded on
January 1, 1995, aims to encourage international trade to flow
as freely as possible., making sure that trade agreements are
respected and that any disputes can be settled. In the five
years since it founding, the WTO has become well- known as
one of the world’s most powerful economic organizations,
taking its place alongside the World Bank and International
Monetary Fund. The system of globe rules for international
trade, however, dates back haft a century to 1948 when the
General Agreements on Tariffs and Trade ( GATT) was founded
after World War II. As time went by, it became clear that the
GATT had two major drawbacks the limited areas of trade it
covered, and lack of an effective system to settle disputes.
After seven years of trade talks ending in 1994, the so-called
Uruguay Round finally gave birth to the WTO, complete with
effective system to settle disputes and to form new rules
covering trade in services and intellectual property. Even after
seven years of talks and with 22,500 pages of agreements
reached, problems remained, especially in the difficult –to-deal-
with areas of agriculture and services.
31. What is the purpose of the WTO?
a. to encourage international trade to flow freely.
b. to make sure that trade agreements are respected.
c. to settle any disputes.
d. all of the above.
32. The writer think that the WTO has become.
a. more powerful than any other economic organizations.
b. the world’s most powerful economic organizations.
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
c. one of the world’s powerful economic organizations.
d. less powerful than World Bank and International Monetary
Fund.
33. According to the passage, the GATT stopped working.
A. in 1948 b. in 1994
c. after World War end
d. during the seven years of the Uruguay round
talk
34. The word “ it “ in bold refers to…………….
a. the WTO c.. The GATT
b. the World Bank d. the
International Monetary Fund
35. The word “ went by” could best placed by…………….
a. flew b. flowed c. passed d. past
V/ Complete the passage, using the correct words.
Many kinds of animals are endangered by human beings.
The United State government list of endangered species (1)
……….alligators, tigers, grizzly bears, some kinds of whales.
And over three dozen species of butterflies. What has(2)
………..to the scarcity of these animals, which many become
extinct(3)………. Vital protection?
One important factor is that (4)………animals have been
widely hunted and killed for food or for their beautiful skins. (5)
…………accordance with the Endangered Species Act , it is
illegal in the United State to hunt, sell, or to collect endangered
species.
36. a. includes b. consist c. comprise d. cover
37. a. gone b. brought c. led d. given
38. a. with b. without c. beyond d. out of
39. a. few b. much c. many d. a lot
40. a. on b. with c. from d. in
Unit 15: WOMEN IN SOCIETY

th
The 90 period
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Date : 30/ 3/ 2008
Grade 12
Theme: Women Society
Unit 15
Reading
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim:
- Students read passage comprehension about role of women
in society
- Students know how to use the new words through asking and
answering
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: - Through this unit, students know the
role of women in society
- New words: Words related to the topic( society, women....)

3. Skills: -Guessing meaning from context
-Summarizing main idea
III. Teaching aids: Real objects, pictures, English textbook 12,
hand-outs
IV. Procedures:

- Ask students to list out the - Listen to the
jobs that men and women teacher and
often do in one minute list the jobs
-Let students work in pairs that men and
-Ask students questions women do
Did women do these jobs in - Answer the
the old days? why? question
_Lead in: Today, we’ll study a
new lesson Unit 15- part A
:Reading
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
-ask students kook at the - Do the tasks
pictures and say what kind of - Give answers
work is mentioned in each -The answer is
picture and answer the various
questions that follow
- Let students sit in pairs or in
groups and put the four most
suitable places from the box
under each heading
- Give suggestions
- Walk round the class and
offers ideas and comments Students Subjects Problems at
when studentsTeachers
need help Classmaster Geograp Sports
school
- Conduct the Headmast
correction Friends
and Frotbal
hy Live far
er l
give the meaning
Headmistrof some
Close – - Do the tasks
Chemist
Joggin
From school
words friends - Give answers
ry Students cheat in
ess g
Friendship
1,nÒn English
v¨n minh exams
While-reading: (20 minutes) nh©n lo¹i
- Make the class read the small 2,sinh con
talks, to scan the details and 3,sù tham gia
do the tasks 4,thêi kú khai s¸ng
Task 1 : Read through the 5,nh÷ng niÒm tin
context and give the ¨n s©u vµo tiÒm
Vietnamese equivalents to the thøc
following words and phrases. 6,viÖc ch¨m sãc gia
- Firsly, ask students to study ®×nh
individually then in pairs 7,n¨ng lùc trÝ tuÖ
- Walks around the class, offer 8, c¬ héi viÖc lµm
ideas and comments when
students need help
- Give suggestions
- Read all questions
- Read the small
Task 2 talks again to scan
- Work in pairs, read the small information
talks again and choose the - Work in pairs
best option to answer the - Give answers
following questions 1C 2D 3C 4B 5A
- Introduce the aim of Task 2
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
small talks again to find the
suitable choice
- Ask students to work
individually then work in pairs - Work in groups
- Walk round the class and Key: C
comments when students need
Task 3 : Read through the -
context and decide which of
the headings below suit for
paragraph
A .Women’s Intellectual Ability
B .The Age of Enlightenment
C . women’s Rights
D . Women’s Role in education
small talks again to choose the
best title for the passage
- Ask students to work with a - Have discussion
partner then present ideas
- Walks arround the class to in front of the class
help students whenever they - Present the
need content of the small
talks again
Post-reading: (12 minutes) - Keys:
- Let students work in groups to Paraghraph1
summarise the reading passage :women in the old
by writing One sentence for each societies
paragraph Paraghraph2 :The
struggle for
women’s rights
- Has students work in groups Paraghraph3:the
and answer the questions statue of women in
- Walk around the class, listen society todays
to student’s discussions and
offer suggestions when -Listen to the
necessary teacher and take
- Give comments note
- Ask students to tell the
content of the small talks
- Ask to tell themselves
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Homework : (2 minutes)
-Do reading text in workbook
-Prepare the next lesson
The 91st period

Date: 01/ 4/ 2009
Grade 12
Unit 15
Speaking
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students know how to express opinions
and express degrees of agreement
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: - Through this unit, students can make
opinions with a partner easily
- Know how to arrange opinions sensibly

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Language: Students use sentences, words, phrases and
expressions for making degrees of agreement
3. Skills: Fluency in expressing opinion and expressions for
making a opinion
III. Teaching aids: Pictures, English textbook 12, hand-outs
IV. Procedures:
Teacher’s activities Student’s activities Notes

Warm-up:(5minutes)
- Listen to the
- Give a picture with a teache
situation and ask
students to guess what
happens next?
- Ask students work in
pairs
Today, we will practice giving

the opinion-for or against
Pre-reading: (8 minutes) - Do the task
Task 1: These expressions
are commonly used when -Work in pairs and
people are expressed the practise saying
agreement or disagreement . aloud
Place them under the
appropriate heading then
practise with a partner
- Give instruction
- Introduce some expressions
that we can use to agree and
disagree about something
- Ask student to work

individually then work in
groups
Task 2:
-Read and respond to these - Do the task
statements ,using useful
expression in task 1 and then - Practise with
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
practise it with a partner partners
A :Men are usually
- Ask students to work stronger than
individually then in pairs women
- Walk around the class to I think so .(That’s
help student when necessary the reason why men
- Check and give suggestions often do hard
- Ask student to practise it work ,such as
with a partner building ,carrying
- Corrects students’ things...)
pronunciation if necessary B : Women are
usually more
sympathetic than
men
I don’t think so
because there are
fathers who are
gentle and
understand their
Post-reading: (14 minutes) children better than
- Work in group to discuss theirs wives....
whether you agree or
disagree with the
statement “ Married - Work in groups
women should not to go - Practise the
to work” conversation
Make small talks on the Answer:
following topics, using the - A: Hi,what do
starting and ending of a you think
conversation about the
- Divide the class into 4 statement
groups “Married
- Ask each group to discuss women should
one topic and make a small not to go to
conversation work”
- Walk around the class and ?
help all students when B: Hi, .I don’t agree
necessary with it .
- Ask students to present the A: why?
conversations B: In my opinion ,it’s
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- - Give comments unfair for women. If
they don’t go to
work ,they have to
stay at home all the
time .It’s too boring
- Homework:(2minutes) to be housewives all
- In not more than 80 their lives.
words write about your
opinion about the
statement “Married -Listen and copy
women should not go to
work”
- Prepare the next lesson

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 92nd period

Date : 03/ 4/ 2009
Grade 12
Lesson 15
Listening
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should know how to listen to
give some information about women and the role of them in
society
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students learn about role of women in
modern life
- Language:
- New words: Words related to society, women
3. Skills: -Extensive Listening : Multiple-choice questions
III. Teaching aid: Pictures ,textbook....
IV. Procedures:

- Ask students look at the - Listen and answer
pictures and have a - Work in pairs and
comparison ? each and answer
- Let students look at the 1.from a village in
picture and describe and Africa
answer some questions: 2,they are working
1,Where do the women come and taking care of
from? their children
2,What are they doing? 3,......
3,do they have happy life?
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
why do you know?
- Listen and give mark - Work in pairs
Pre-listening : (6 minutes)
- Let students answer the -Answer the
following question question
- Is the life of a city women
easier than that of a
village woman
nowadays ?What is your
point of view? Why?
While-listening: (24 - After three times
minutes) of listening, each
Task 1: You will hear a group gives their
passage abut women and their answers
roles in society.Listen to the
passage and choose the best - Read quickly and
answer to complete each discuss in pairs or
sentences groups to find the
- Listen to each pair answers which can
- Let students read some be listened before
sentences given and explain - Can guess what
some new words if necessary will be heard again
- Read or let students listen - Work in groups
first and give answer
- Give more information if 1B ,2C ,3C,4A,5B
students wonder or not clear
- Let students listen the
second time
- Check their listening
- Let students listen the third
time and let them choose the - Listen again (1-2
best answer times)
- Observe the class and listen - Discuss give
to each group’s feedbacks correct answer
Task 2: Ask students to listen 1,40%
again and answer the 2,they earn nothing
questions for doing their
- Let students read the domestic work
questions first and quickly- 3,they produce
work in pairs more than half of
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Let students listen again 3 the food
times and ask them to discuss 4,80%
in groups to answer the 5,at 4.45 am
questions 6,at 9.30 pm
- Listen to each group and
remark - Work in groups
- Other groups listen
and write down
some information
and then repeat
minutes) - Listen and copy in
- Have students sit in groups their notebooks
and compare a typical working
day of your mother or your
sister with that of an African
village woman
- Listen and remark
- Ask students to write about
100- 150 words what your
sister or your mother’s daily
activities.
The 93rd period

Date : 05/ 4/ 2009
Grade 12
Unit 15
Writing
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students know how to describe a chart
2. Knowledge:

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- General knowledge: Students could write a report to describe
information from a statistics of the activities and the time that
women do every week
- Language: Words used in a chart
3. Skills: Describing a chart
II. Method: Interagrated, mainly communicative
III. Teaching aids: Some models of chart, real information in
life
IV. Procedures:

- Ask students to name - Observe and work
the activities and the in pairs to answer
time that women often - The answers can
do every day be various
- Let students work in
group
Pre-writing: (10 minutes) - Continue working

Task 1 in pairs
- Let students go through the -
questions give in the book - Each pair ask and
‘Look at the chart and answer answer
the questions
-Go around and help if - Listen and write
necessary down
- Listen and explain some new

words and useful expressions
if they do not know
+the chart
shows/presents/illustrates....
+As can be seen from the
chart
+According to the chart - Listen to the
+In general/generally teacher
speaking
while-writing: (20
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
minutes) - Read quickly
Task 2 themselves
- Ask students to do certain
things - Read the form
- It means we use short quickly and find
information but it’s real some new words if it
- Ask students to read the has
model of chart first - Listen and repeat,
- Ask students to describe then write down in
some information in a chart notebooks
- Ask 2 or 3 students who may - Check among
be good at English to write on groups
the board - Change among
- Let students change their groups
report and practise speaking
about the person they’ve
written - Work in groups and
- Listen and remark write a report
Post-writing: (10 minutes) - One student of one
- Let students work in group group reads aloud a
to write a report about report
someone and other groups - Discuss and correct
- Read and write a short mistakes themselves
paragraph
- Listen and remark - Listen and copy
- Do the writing part, Unit 15,
workbook

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 94th period

Date : 07/ 4/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: Women in Society
Unit 15
Language Focus
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students know how to spell the rising
tune in a sentence
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students learn the use of phrasal verbs
- Language:
3. Skills:
- Pronunciation: The rising tune
- Grammar: - Phrasal verbs
III. Teaching aids: textbook, picture .....
IV. Procedures:
I. Pronunciation(10 munites)
- Help students how to read
correctly with the rising tune
b. Practice:
- Read the sentences first: - Read aloud
clearly, correctly - Listen and repeat
- Listen and correct their from 2-3 times
pronunciation if it’s needed - Some of them
-Explain to read the rising tune stand and read
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
in Yes-No questions and words aloud
sentence stress
- Let students read the
sentences and work in groups -Listen to the
teacher
- Listen and remark each group - Read the

sentences in chorus
II. Grammar: (34munites) aloud
Phrasal verbs
- Show students to list out as - Listen and copy
many phrasal verbs you have -List some phrasal
learnt as possible just in one verbs : fill in ;turn
munites on; go over ;look
-Let students work in pairs at ;make up. Look
after ....
* Exercise 1: - Read and do the
Let students read all the exercise
answers and work in groups to
choose tone of the following - Work in their own
verbs(in the correct form)+ the and compare each
correct preposition to complete other
the sentences - One or two
-Go around and help if students give the
necessary correct form of
phrasal verbs on
- Listen and remark the board
- Keys:
1,glanced at
2,invited to
3,listen to
• Exercise 2: 4,throw...at
-Introduce Exercise 3 to 5,staring at
students and explain how to do 6,speaking to
it 7,wrote to
- Ask students to do it 8,point...at
-Ask students to fill each of the

blanks with an appropriate - Work themselves
preposition if necessary and each student
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
--Let them work individually reads sentences
- Walk round and help them - Other students
- Check, correct mistakes , give listen and remark
reasons and mark each other
- Keys:
Homework: (2 minutes) 1,for 2,for 3,to
- Remind of phrasal verbs 4,for
- Let them do exercises in 5,about 6,x
Workbook 7,about 8,x 9,for
10,for
- Listen and copy
The 95th period

Date : 09/ 4/ 2009
Grade 12
I. Objectives:
the next test.
IV. Procedures:


Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
I/ Pick out the word whose
underlined part is
pronounced differently:
(0.75points) (5 minutes)
- Get students to read the - Look at their paper
passage again carefully - Compare the
- Call some students to read resutls with the
out their answers, and the others
others give remarks if it is - Get the correct
correct or not. answers from the
- Finally read the keys out keys
aloud
II/ Pick out the word that
has the stress differently
from that of the other
words. (0.50points) (5 - Look at their paper
- Repeat the questions resutls with the
- Get students to read the others
passage again carefully - Get the correct
- Call some students to read answers from the
out their answers, and the keys
others give remarks if it is
correct or not.
aloud
III/ Choose the best answer.
(6.25points) (15 minutes) - Look at their paper
- Repeat the questions - Compare the
- Get student to read the test results with the
again carefully others
- Call some students to read - Get the correct
out their answers, and the answers from the
others give remarks if it is keys
correct or not
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
aloud
IV/ Read the passage and
choose the best answer.
(1.25 points): (5 minutes) - Look at the writing
- Repeat the questions again and compare
- Show the passage again it with the others
several times - Correct the wrong
- Get students toread the sentences base on
passage again carefully the key
aloud - Look at their paper
V/ Complete the passage, using - Compare the
the correct words: (1.25 points)
results with the
minutes) others
- Repeat the questions - Get the correct
- Get student to read the test answers from the
again carefully keys
- Call some students to read
out their answers, and the
others give remarks if it is - Prepare Unit 16:
correct or not THE ASSOCIATION
- Finally read the keys out OF
aloud SOUTHEAST ASIAN
NATIONS at home
Ask students to prepare
Unit 16: THE ASSOCIATION OF
SOUTHEAST ASIAN NATIONS at
home

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Unit 16: THE ASSOCIATION OF

SOUTHEAST ASIAN NATIONS
The 96th period
Date : 11/ 4/ 2009
Grade 12
Theme: The Association Of Southeast Asian Nations
Unit 16
Reading
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students can read and know about
ASEAN and make questions and answer them
well
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students could understand and use the
new words through speaking, asking and answering
- Language:
- New words: Words relate to ASEAN
3. Skills: -Reading for general or specific information
-Guessing meaning from context
III. Teaching aids: Some photos of ASEAN and some
information about them
IV. Procedures:

- Give the logo of ASEAN and ask - Do themselves
students to guess the name this and then work in
organization pairs
- Recheck and introduce the
new lesson: - Listen to the
The Association Of Southeast teacher

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Asian Nations
- Ask some questions about
some questions ? -Discuss and give
1,what does ASEAN stands for? correct answer
2,When did Vietnam join this 1,ASEAN stands for
association? the Association of
- Let students write some Southeast Asian
information about ASEAN Nations
2,In 1995
- Let each student stand and
speak their opinions
- Go around and help them if
necessary
While-reading: (20 minutes)

- Let students open the book
and read silently while teacher
reads aloud and correctly
themselves and write down
some information
- Let students work in pairs to
do the task 1
Task 1
- Let students fill each blank
with a suitable work -Work in pairs to
discuss to fill
-Ask students to work with suitable
individually then in pairs words
- Walk around the class to help -Keys:
student when necessary 1,justice 2,GDP
-Corrects students’ 3,diverse
pronunciation if necessary 4,integration
- Check and give suggestions 5,accelerate
Task 2 6,enterprises
- Let students read all sentences
and explain some new words if
necessary
- Listen and correct if needed
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
-Keys: 1T ,2F ,3F ,4T, 5F ,6F - Read quickly
some sentences in
Task 3 the text
- Let students work in pairs - compare with the
and read the passage partners
again and find out the
answers for these - Work in pairs and
questions in the task 3 answer some
-Walk around the class to help questions
student when necessary
-Corrects students’
pronunciation if necessary - Read quickly and
find out the
- Check and give suggestions answers
- Work in pairs,
Post-reading: (10 minutes) then one reads the
-Ask students to close their sentence and the
books and summarise the other corrects it
passage ,based on the years :
1967, 1995 ,1998 ,1999, 2007 ,
2020
-Go around and help if - Work in pairs and
necessary some of them
-Check and remark stand and say
about ASEAN
- Work in groups
and discuss which
Homework (4 minutes) sentences go with
- Reread the passage and the word given
summarize the ASEAN (about - Some others
100 words) repeat
- Copy the words
- Listen and copy

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 97th period

Date : 13/ 4/ 2009
Grade 12
Unit 16
speaking
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should know how to tell the
names and the capitals of ASEAN countries
2. Knowledge:

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- General knowledge: Ask and answer about the names and
the capitals of ASEAN countries and the main
characteristics of each nation
- Language: Words to speak about ASEAN
3. Skills: -Ask and answer the information about ASEAN
countries
III. Teaching aids: Photos of some famous persons or some
real information about ASEAN
IV. Procedures:
activities
- Ask students to close the book - Close the books
- Let students Look at the - Work in pairs
pictures and name out the and name out the
countries and the capitals countries and the
-Let them work in pairs capitals
- Each student
speaks out their
answer
Pre-speaking: (8 minutes)
Task 1 - Work in pairs
- Ask students to open the book
- Look at the
and look at the flags and match
picture and name
with their countries and
them
capitals mentioned above… - They’re holding
- Go around and listen to themthe pens and
notebooks
- Read these
words and work in
groups
- Some students
While-speaking: (20 can show off
minutes) these words:
Task 2 family; dislike;
- Let students open the books hobby; education
and discuss and use the
information in task 1 and the - Observe the
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
fact below to talk about some picture
of the ASEAN countries - Work in groups
with some cues
- Ask students to read some given below
words given and then let them (
choose which countries they - Other groups go
like to talk about on practising
- Listen and correct speaking
-
Post-speaking: (10 minutes)
and discuss ,talk about some of
the ASEAN countries
- Ask one group to do the task
as a model
- Go around listening to some -Work in pairs and
groups and help them if needed talk about some of
the ASEAN
- Ask some pairs to stand in countries
front of the class and practise -Keys: Malaysia
speaking has a total area of
330,252 square
- Some groups go on speaking kilometers .Its
each other capital is Kuala
Lumpur. The
- Listen to each group and population in
correct or give mark if they do Malaysia is
it well 27,174,000.Peopl
e speak Malay,
English and Tamil
Homework: (2-4 minutes) in every day
- Let students write about conversations
someone they admire or look .The Malaysians
forward to meeting are religious. They
follow Islam and
Buddhism. Their
currency is
Ringgit
- Listen and write

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
down in their
notebooks
The 98th period

Date : 15/ 4/ 2009
Grade 12
Unit 16
Listening
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should know how to ask and say
about using English and the main religion in
ASEAN
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students know how to give information
from using English and the main religion in ASEAN
- Language:
- New words: Words related to ASEAN countries
3. Skills: - Listening for general or specific information
-Comprehension questions
III. Teaching aids: Some pictures of persons or some real
information about them
IV. Procedures:

- Ask students to close the book -Work in pair and list
- Ask students to list the name the name of ASEAN
of ASEAN countries using the countries
English - Listen to the the
teacher and answer
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Pre-listening: (8 minutes) the questions
- Let students open the books -Keys: Some ASEAN
and ask and answer the countries such as
question the Philippines,
1. Which ASEAN countries are Brunei, Singapore,
use English as a second and Malaysia use
language? English as second
- language
- Let students read some words - Read in chorus
they’ll listen then - Some students
- Listen and check read themselves:
- Read silently the

sentences given
While-listening: (20 before listening
minutes) - Listen the first
Task 1 time
- Let students read some - No, we haven’t
sentences given and explain - Listen the second
some new words if necessary time and begin
- Read or let students listen doing the task
first - Listen the third
Have you got anything from time and work in
the dialogue between Mr Hung groups to decide the
and his daughter Nga? best answer
- Let students listen the second - Each group asks
time and explains why
- Check their listening they choose by
- Let students listen the third some information
time and let them choose the they’ve listened
best answer to complete each
of the following sentences -Keys : 1C ,2A ,3C ,
- Observe the class and listen 4A ,5B
to each group’s feedbacks
- Give more information if
students wonder or not clear
Task 2 - Work in groups and
- Before listening, let students guess
read quickly some questions in
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
the task 2
- Let students listen the first - Listen and do the
time: Who can guess some task
words? - Speak out their
- Let students listen the second listening
time - Try to write down
- Let student listen the last time the answers
and let them work in groups to -Key:
speak out 1,tomorrow(the next
- Listen and correct their day)
listening 2,The US
3,Around 50 million
4.In the Philippines
5,three-
Islam,Buddhism and
Catholicism
Post-reading: (10 minutes)
- Ask students to summarize
the content of the conversation - Work in groups:
between Nga and her father-Mr - Work in groups
Hung and each group has
- Ask students to write a short one person who
passage to guess what Nga’s says about it
essay will be about - May answer in
- Listen to each group and different ways
correct mistakes if they’ve - Write in groups
done and ask someone to
speak out their
writing
- Other groups listen
and copy some
information and
give some questions
Homework: (2- 4 minutes) - Practice writing

- Ask students to write a short
passage about the content of
the listening text( 70 words)

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
The 99th period

Date : 17/ 4/ 2009
Grade 12
Unit 16
Writing
Time: 45 minutes
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should know how to write a
letter of recommendation
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students learn to write about the places
they are familiar with
- Language: Words used in writing about a significant place
3. Skills: Writing about a letter of recommendation
III. Teaching aids: Some cues, information of someone
IV. Procedures:

- Ask students to close the - Work in pairs and
books match the name with
- Look at the pictures and the picture
name out the places - Some students do
-Let students work in pairs matching on the
Pre-writing: (8 minutes) board
Task 1
- Ask students to open their - work in pair and
books do the task 1
- Introduce the students do the - Key
task 1 1,I would like to
-Let them work in groups and recommend a well-
complete the letter with the know place in
missing sentences in the box Vietnam to you
-Go around and help 2,It is about 170 km
-Explain some new words if from Hanoi
necessary 3,The beach is an
-Give correct answers ideal place for
swimmers
4,People here are
very friendly and
hospitable
5,I am sure you will
have a wonderful
While-writing: (18 minutes) time here in Ha long
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
- Introduce to do task2 bay
- Let students read quickly the
task2 - Listen to the
David ,your pen pal ,is going to teacher
spend his summer vacation in - Read silently
one of the ASEAN countries.
You want him to visit - Read those words
Vietnam .Write a letter to him and copy
recommending a significant
place you are familiar with.
- Explain some new words if - Work in pairs
necessary - Each group read
their writing
-Give form of a - Listen and work in
recommendation letter groups
Outline - - Discuss and find
+Date out some errors if
+Salutation they make
+Body
.location
.natural features
.places to visit
.food
.people
........
+Closing
+Signature
- Ask some other groups to
write down a paragraph using
some cues below and then
each student on be half of his
group read aloud
another’s letter - Practise writing in
- Ask some students to read groups
loudly their letter - Each member of
- Listen and correct if needed groups reads aloud
his/ her writing
- Other group
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
appreciate and
correct mistakes
each other
Homework: (2 minutes) - Each group does the
- Do the writing task in writing and read
student’s workbook aloud
-Prepare the next lesson
- Listen and copy
The 100th period

Date : 19/ 4/ 2009
Grade 12
Unit 16
Language Focus
Time: 45 minutes
I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students should pronunciate the rising –
falling tune correctly and the use of adverbial
clause of time
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: Students learn words to describe people’s
background
- Language: A paragraph and adverbial clause of time
3. Skill: fluency in the rising –falling and use of adverbial
clause of time
III. Teaching aids: textbook, handout.....
IV. Procedures:
I. Pronunciation: (15
minutes) - Read these
- Close the books! sentences
a. Introduce the rising-falling
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
tune
- Let students practise - Listen and repeat
pronunciating these sentences following the
- Listen and correct the teacher
syllables students read - Read in silent first
b. Let students open the books - Some of each
and read aloud the words given groups read aloud
and try to pronunciate these
sentences with the rising –tune
- Listen and check for

pronunciation
- Ask students to listen and
read after these sentences
II. Grammar: (20 minutes) -Listen to the
adverbial clause of time teacher
-Introduce the way of using - Students work in
adverbial clause of time
pairs and give some
through some example examples
- Some students
- Ask students to give some repeat aloud
examples
- Listen and remark
b. Let students practise doing

exercises - Do the exercise
Exercise 1 themselves
- Ask students to do exercise - Key:
themselves then discuss in 1,She will phone you
groups as soon as she
arrives in Ho Chi
Minh City
2,After the war was
over we started
rebuilding the
country
3,they met a lot of
people while they
were on holiday
4,before you leave
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
don’t forgot to turn
off the lights
5,I will stay till you
get back
6,We’ll come to see
you whenever we
are in hanoi
7,there is a danger
of war as long as
imperialism exits
8,tom sang a merry
song as he walked
Exercise 2 away
- Ask students to supply the
correct form of the verbs in - Work in groups
brackets and give the correct
- Listen and remark tense of verb and
-Keys: explain why they did
1,arrives 2,arrives 3,are it
playing - Each group answer
4,got ,5,have finished 6,(had) and give reasons
graduated 7.am 8,have
read
- Read silently and
discuss in pairs,
Exercise 3 groups
- Let students combine two -Key:
sentences, using one as an 1,Let’s go out
adverbial clause of time with before it starts
the given conjunction raining
-Go around and help if 2,I’ll give you my
necessary address when I have
-Give correct answers found somewhere to
live
3,After he had done
his homework ,he
went to bed
4,We’ll let you know
as soon as we have
made our decision
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
5,I haven’t met
them since I left
school
6,robert suddenly
began to feel ill
while he was doing
the exams
7,Kate will come
back home after she
Homework: (5 minutes) has finished the last
- Ask students to revise the use semester
of adverbial clause of time
- Practise doing exercise in the
Workbook - Listen and write
down
The 101st period

Date : 23/ 4/ 2009
Grade 12
Test yourself F

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
listening, writing.
hand-outs…
IV. Procedures:

about the test yourself F questions
home?
Test yourself
I. Listening(2.5 points) (10 Listen and dill in the

minutes) blanks with the
• Teacher asks Sts to read information as you
and find new words. hear.
Teacher explains: UNESCO stands for
• Asks Sts to read the the United Nations
statements carefully and Educational,
underline key words before Scientific and
listening the first. Cultural
• Asks Sts to finish the Organization. It was
exercise after listening the established on
second. ………….. to
• Asks Sts to listen to the encourage
tape (the third time) and collaboration among
then discuss in pairs about nations in the areas
the final answer. of education,
science, culture and
• Goes around the class,
communication.
helps Sts discuss about the
UNESCO has
answers if necessary.
…………….member
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
• Asks some Sts to give the nations as of 2007.
answers, others givethe agency has its
feedback. headquarter in
• Teacher gives Sts to listen Paris, France, and
once more. operated
Expected answers: educational,
1. 16 November 1945 scientific, and
2. 193 cultural programs
3. 60 and exchanges from
4. teacher-training ………. Fields offices
5. heritage world wide. Project
- Correct mistakes sponsors by
UNESCO include
international
science programs;
literacy, technical,
and
………..programs;
regional and cultural
history projects; and
international
cooperation
agreements to
secure the world’s
cultural and natural
…………… and to
preserve human
rights.
II. Reading (2.5 points) (10 → Students read
minutes) → Sts listen
• Teacher explains new
words/ phrases: - Students work in
Labor-intensive : (adj) cần pairs: reading and
nhiều nhân công decide to choose
Propotion (n) tỉ lệ the answer.
Exclude (v) ngăn chặn Read the text
Reserve (v) : dành riêng then answer the
• Asks Ss to read the passage questions that
and then answer the follow

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
questions. 1. Which countries,
• Goes around the class to according to the
get the fettle of Sts and passage, have low
helps them with levels of females
vocabularies, the way to paid workers?
express if necessary. 2. In which sectors
• Teacher asks a do you find the
representative in some majority of working
pairs to present the result women in Southeast
in front of the class. Other Asia?
pairs gives feedback 3. What is the
• Teacher corrects in general percentage of
and tells the point of marks women who work in
so that Sts remark the service sector in
themselves. Latin America and
the Caribbean?
4. On whom did
women depend
economically in the
past?
5. According to the
passage, what are
the two factors that
give women more
freedom nowadays?
 Suggested
answering.
1. Arab countries
2. In textile, toy,
shoe and
electronic
sectors
III. Grammar(2.5 points) (8 3. 70%
minutes) 4. They depend
- Recall the grammar of articals. on their
- Giude students how to do husbands or
- Give them some newwords: fathers
- Do the first as an example. 5. The access to
- Ask students to to the exercise. education and

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
Use the following verbs to change in economic
complete the sentences status.
below:
Catch up Cool off Fall → Students work in
behind pairs/ groups.
Give in Grow up Keep upSuggested
Speak up Stay on Wait up answers:
Watch out 1. grow up
1. He still behaves like a 2. stay on
child. I wish he’d grow up. 3. wait up
2. Come to the party on 4. give in
Friday and …….. for the 5. catch up
weekend. 6. speak up
3. I won’t be back until late. 7. Watch out
Will you ………for me? 8. cool off
4. He was exhausted but he 9. keep up
still kept going. He just 10. fall
wouldn’t ………… behind
5. Please don’t go so fast. I → Other Sts give
just can’t ……….. feedback
6. Could you ………….a bit? I
can hardly hear you.
7. ……………! Oh dear.
Didn’t you see that car
coming?
8. You look hot and sticky.
Come and sit in the shade
and …………
9. You go on ahead and I’ll
…………
10. Wait for me. I don’t
want to …………..
• Teacher asks Sts to discuss
about the answer in pairs/
groups.
• Teacher asks a
representative in each
group to present the result
in front of the class. Other

Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
group gives feedback
Teacher corrects in general
and tells the point of marks so
that Sts remark themselves.
- Call the to to on board.
the set’s activities
- Correct mistakes
IV. Writing(2.5 points) (7

minutes)
- Giude students how to write
- Give students some models and
structures to writes.
In about 120 words, write - Listen to the
about the changes in women’s teacher carefully.
role in the family in - Discuss in groups
comparison with that 50 years to get the
ago. information and
The following cues might be write the outline.
useful to you. - Each person use
• Education the outline to write
• Social activities a short paragraph.
• Work - Peer correction.
• Economic dependence - Underline the
• Number of children mistakes
Domestic chores - Assess on the
- Ask students to write. content: 1 mark, use
- Call the to to on board. correct / exact
- Go round the class to control words / sentence
the students’ activities structure : 1 mark,
- Correct mistakes coherence : 0.5
Homework (5 minutes) mark
- Ask students:
+ to study all the lessons - Compare the
again. results with the
+ to prepare to review all other groups.
- Correct mistakes
Gi¸o viªn: Giang
L¬ng Hïng
the knowledge of grade 12.
+ to study all the
lessons again.
+ to prepare to
review all the
knowledge of grade
12.


Tieng Anh 12 CB Tron Bo

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Tieng Anh 12 CB Tron Bo

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Gi¸o viªn: Giang

II. Teaching aids: Student’s book, student’s workbook,

Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

Guiding: (35 minutes) - put the student’s

Lesson plans of grade 12 1 Nguyen trai

Lesson plans of grade 12 2 Nguyen trai

Unit 1 : home life

Lesson plans of grade 12 3 Nguyen trai

Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

Teach some new words: close - Read the passage

Home work: (2 minutes)

The 3rd Period

Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

share the interest ?

- All students write

Lesson plans of grade 12 10 Nguyen trai

The 4th period

Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

Pre-listening: (7 minutes) - Listen to the

The 5th period

Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

Pre-writing: (10 minutes)

Lesson plans of grade 12 17 Nguyen trai

The 6th period

Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

- Redo the exercises

- Prepare for the

Unit 2: cultural diversity

Lesson plans of grade 12 21 Nguyen trai

Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

- Talk in front of the

Lesson plans of grade 12 25 Nguyen trai

The 8th period

Lesson plans of grade 12 26 Nguyen trai

Teacher’s activities Student’s activities Notes

Lesson plans of grade 12 29 Nguyen trai

The 9th period

Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

While-listening: (24 - Listen to the

5,The guests give the newly

The 10th period

Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

Post-writing: (10 minutes) - Read the letter of

Lesson plans of grade 12 35 Nguyen trai

The 11th period

Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

Unit 3: ways of socialising

Lesson plans of grade 12 40 Nguyen trai

Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

The 13th period

Lesson plans of grade 12 45 Nguyen trai

Post-speaking: (10 minutes) Listen and work

- Listen and write

Lesson plans of grade 12 47 Nguyen trai

Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

- Play the tape ( or read) the

- Call some couples to talk in

The 15th Period

Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

While-writing: (18 minutes) Do the task

Listen and take note

The 16th Period